WO2000072127A1 - Interactive printer - Google Patents

Interactive printer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2000072127A1
WO2000072127A1 PCT/AU2000/000561 AU0000561W WO0072127A1 WO 2000072127 A1 WO2000072127 A1 WO 2000072127A1 AU 0000561 W AU0000561 W AU 0000561W WO 0072127 A1 WO0072127 A1 WO 0072127A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pĪ€nter
data
page
netpage
pnnter
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/AU2000/000561
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Kia Silverbrook
Paul Lapstun
Original Assignee
Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from AUPQ0559A external-priority patent/AUPQ055999A0/en
Priority claimed from AUPQ1313A external-priority patent/AUPQ131399A0/en
Priority claimed from AUPQ3632A external-priority patent/AUPQ363299A0/en
Priority to JP2000620454A priority Critical patent/JP4878680B2/en
Priority to CA002374831A priority patent/CA2374831A1/en
Priority to MXPA01012065A priority patent/MXPA01012065A/en
Application filed by Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd. filed Critical Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd.
Priority to DE60029468T priority patent/DE60029468D1/en
Priority to AU55095/00A priority patent/AU761333B2/en
Priority to EP00940013A priority patent/EP1228421B1/en
Priority to BR0010893-6A priority patent/BR0010893A/en
Priority to IL14671500A priority patent/IL146715A0/en
Priority to CN00807934XA priority patent/CN1351725B/en
Publication of WO2000072127A1 publication Critical patent/WO2000072127A1/en
Priority to HK03100896.2A priority patent/HK1050400A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T1/00General purpose image data processing
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17556Means for regulating the pressure in the cartridge
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J13/00Devices or arrangements of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, specially adapted for supporting or handling copy material in short lengths, e.g. sheets
    • B41J13/10Sheet holders, retainers, movable guides, or stationary guides
    • B41J13/103Sheet holders, retainers, movable guides, or stationary guides for the sheet feeding section
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J13/00Devices or arrangements of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, specially adapted for supporting or handling copy material in short lengths, e.g. sheets
    • B41J13/10Sheet holders, retainers, movable guides, or stationary guides
    • B41J13/106Sheet holders, retainers, movable guides, or stationary guides for the sheet output section
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/135Nozzles
    • B41J2/165Preventing or detecting of nozzle clogging, e.g. cleaning, capping or moistening for nozzles
    • B41J2/16505Caps, spittoons or covers for cleaning or preventing drying out
    • B41J2/16508Caps, spittoons or covers for cleaning or preventing drying out connected with the printer frame
    • B41J2/16511Constructions for cap positioning
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/135Nozzles
    • B41J2/165Preventing or detecting of nozzle clogging, e.g. cleaning, capping or moistening for nozzles
    • B41J2/16585Preventing or detecting of nozzle clogging, e.g. cleaning, capping or moistening for nozzles for paper-width or non-reciprocating print heads
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17513Inner structure
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/1752Mounting within the printer
    • B41J2/17523Ink connection
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17543Cartridge presence detection or type identification
    • B41J2/17546Cartridge presence detection or type identification electronically
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17553Outer structure
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17563Ink filters
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/21Ink jet for multi-colour printing
    • B41J2/2107Ink jet for multi-colour printing characterised by the ink properties
    • B41J2/2114Ejecting transparent or white coloured liquids, e.g. processing liquids
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B42BOOKBINDING; ALBUMS; FILES; SPECIAL PRINTED MATTER
    • B42CBOOKBINDING
    • B42C19/00Multi-step processes for making books
    • B42C19/02Multi-step processes for making books starting with single sheets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B42BOOKBINDING; ALBUMS; FILES; SPECIAL PRINTED MATTER
    • B42CBOOKBINDING
    • B42C9/00Applying glue or adhesive peculiar to bookbinding
    • B42C9/0006Applying glue or adhesive peculiar to bookbinding by applying adhesive to a stack of sheets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B42BOOKBINDING; ALBUMS; FILES; SPECIAL PRINTED MATTER
    • B42CBOOKBINDING
    • B42C9/00Applying glue or adhesive peculiar to bookbinding
    • B42C9/0081Applying glue or adhesive peculiar to bookbinding applying adhesive to individual sheets for binding them together
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65HHANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H29/00Delivering or advancing articles from machines; Advancing articles to or into piles
    • B65H29/26Delivering or advancing articles from machines; Advancing articles to or into piles by dropping the articles
    • B65H29/34Delivering or advancing articles from machines; Advancing articles to or into piles by dropping the articles from supports slid from under the articles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65HHANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H37/00Article or web delivery apparatus incorporating devices for performing specified auxiliary operations
    • B65H37/04Article or web delivery apparatus incorporating devices for performing specified auxiliary operations for securing together articles or webs, e.g. by adhesive, stitching or stapling
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/0304Detection arrangements using opto-electronic means
    • G06F3/0317Detection arrangements using opto-electronic means in co-operation with a patterned surface, e.g. absolute position or relative movement detection for an optical mouse or pen positioned with respect to a coded surface
    • G06F3/0321Detection arrangements using opto-electronic means in co-operation with a patterned surface, e.g. absolute position or relative movement detection for an optical mouse or pen positioned with respect to a coded surface by optically sensing the absolute position with respect to a regularly patterned surface forming a passive digitiser, e.g. pen optically detecting position indicative tags printed on a paper sheet
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/033Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor
    • G06F3/0354Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor with detection of 2D relative movements between the device, or an operating part thereof, and a plane or surface, e.g. 2D mice, trackballs, pens or pucks
    • G06F3/03545Pens or stylus
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04883Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K17/00Methods or arrangements for effecting co-operative working between equipments covered by two or more of main groups G06K1/00 - G06K15/00, e.g. automatic card files incorporating conveying and reading operations
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/10Office automation; Time management
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V30/00Character recognition; Recognising digital ink; Document-oriented image-based pattern recognition
    • G06V30/10Character recognition
    • G06V30/14Image acquisition
    • G06V30/142Image acquisition using hand-held instruments; Constructional details of the instruments
    • G06V30/1423Image acquisition using hand-held instruments; Constructional details of the instruments the instrument generating sequences of position coordinates corresponding to handwriting
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00127Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture
    • H04N1/00204Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a digital computer or a digital computer system, e.g. an internet server
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00127Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture
    • H04N1/00204Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a digital computer or a digital computer system, e.g. an internet server
    • H04N1/00244Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a digital computer or a digital computer system, e.g. an internet server with a server, e.g. an internet server
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00127Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture
    • H04N1/00326Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a data reading, recognizing or recording apparatus, e.g. with a bar-code apparatus
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/0035User-machine interface; Control console
    • H04N1/00352Input means
    • H04N1/00355Mark-sheet input
    • H04N1/00358Type of the scanned marks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/0035User-machine interface; Control console
    • H04N1/00352Input means
    • H04N1/00355Mark-sheet input
    • H04N1/00376Means for identifying a mark sheet or area
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00567Handling of original or reproduction media, e.g. cutting, separating, stacking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00962Input arrangements for operating instructions or parameters, e.g. updating internal software
    • H04N1/00968Input arrangements for operating instructions or parameters, e.g. updating internal software by scanning marks on a sheet
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/23Reproducing arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N1/32101Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N1/32101Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N1/32106Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title separate from the image data, e.g. in a different computer file
    • H04N1/32122Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title separate from the image data, e.g. in a different computer file in a separate device, e.g. in a memory or on a display separate from image data
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N1/32101Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N1/32128Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title attached to the image data, e.g. file header, transmitted message header, information on the same page or in the same computer file as the image
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N1/32101Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N1/32128Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title attached to the image data, e.g. file header, transmitted message header, information on the same page or in the same computer file as the image
    • H04N1/32133Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title attached to the image data, e.g. file header, transmitted message header, information on the same page or in the same computer file as the image on the same paper sheet, e.g. a facsimile page header
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N1/32101Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N1/32144Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title embedded in the image data, i.e. enclosed or integrated in the image, e.g. watermark, super-imposed logo or stamp
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N1/327Initiating, continuing or ending a single-mode communication; Handshaking therefor
    • H04N1/32765Initiating a communication
    • H04N1/32771Initiating a communication in response to a request, e.g. for a particular document
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N1/327Initiating, continuing or ending a single-mode communication; Handshaking therefor
    • H04N1/32765Initiating a communication
    • H04N1/32771Initiating a communication in response to a request, e.g. for a particular document
    • H04N1/32778Initiating a communication in response to a request, e.g. for a particular document using a mark-sheet or machine-readable code request
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B42BOOKBINDING; ALBUMS; FILES; SPECIAL PRINTED MATTER
    • B42PINDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO BOOKS, FILING APPLIANCES OR THE LIKE
    • B42P2261/00Manufacturing; Forming
    • B42P2261/04Producing books by printing sheets in following order, e.g. for ordering via the Internet
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2203/00Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/033Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/033
    • G06F2203/0337Status LEDs integrated in the mouse to provide visual feedback to the user about the status of the input device, the PC, or the user
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/12Digital output to print unit, e.g. line printer, chain printer
    • G06F3/1201Dedicated interfaces to print systems
    • G06F3/1202Dedicated interfaces to print systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
    • G06F3/1203Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. print management
    • G06F3/1204Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. print management resulting in reduced user or operator actions, e.g. presetting, automatic actions, using hardware token storing data
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/12Digital output to print unit, e.g. line printer, chain printer
    • G06F3/1201Dedicated interfaces to print systems
    • G06F3/1223Dedicated interfaces to print systems specifically adapted to use a particular technique
    • G06F3/1237Print job management
    • G06F3/1265Printing by reference, e.g. retrieving document/image data for a job from a source mentioned in the job
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/12Digital output to print unit, e.g. line printer, chain printer
    • G06F3/1201Dedicated interfaces to print systems
    • G06F3/1278Dedicated interfaces to print systems specifically adapted to adopt a particular infrastructure
    • G06F3/1284Local printer device
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00127Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/0077Types of the still picture apparatus
    • H04N2201/0082Image hardcopy reproducer
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N2201/3204Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to a user, sender, addressee, machine or electronic recording medium
    • H04N2201/3205Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to a user, sender, addressee, machine or electronic recording medium of identification information, e.g. name or ID code
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N2201/3204Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to a user, sender, addressee, machine or electronic recording medium
    • H04N2201/3207Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to a user, sender, addressee, machine or electronic recording medium of an address
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N2201/3225Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to an image, a page or a document
    • H04N2201/3226Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to an image, a page or a document of identification information or the like, e.g. ID code, index, title, part of an image, reduced-size image
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N2201/3225Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to an image, a page or a document
    • H04N2201/3242Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to an image, a page or a document of processing required or performed, e.g. for reproduction or before recording
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N2201/3225Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to an image, a page or a document
    • H04N2201/3243Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to an image, a page or a document of type information, e.g. handwritten or text document
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N2201/3225Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to an image, a page or a document
    • H04N2201/3247Data linking a set of images to one another, e.g. sequence, burst or continuous capture mode
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N2201/3225Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to an image, a page or a document
    • H04N2201/3249Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of data relating to an image, a page or a document data relating to a linked page or object, e.g. hyperlink
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N2201/3269Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of machine readable codes or marks, e.g. bar codes or glyphs
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N2201/3269Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of machine readable codes or marks, e.g. bar codes or glyphs
    • H04N2201/327Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title of machine readable codes or marks, e.g. bar codes or glyphs which are undetectable to the naked eye, e.g. embedded codes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N2201/3271Printing or stamping
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/32Circuits or arrangements for control or supervision between transmitter and receiver or between image input and image output device, e.g. between a still-image camera and its memory or between a still-image camera and a printer device
    • H04N2201/3201Display, printing, storage or transmission of additional information, e.g. ID code, date and time or title
    • H04N2201/3278Transmission
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T156/00Adhesive bonding and miscellaneous chemical manufacture
    • Y10T156/17Surface bonding means and/or assemblymeans with work feeding or handling means
    • Y10T156/1702For plural parts or plural areas of single part
    • Y10T156/1744Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship
    • Y10T156/1746Plural lines and/or separate means assembling separate sandwiches
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T156/00Adhesive bonding and miscellaneous chemical manufacture
    • Y10T156/17Surface bonding means and/or assemblymeans with work feeding or handling means
    • Y10T156/1702For plural parts or plural areas of single part
    • Y10T156/1744Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship
    • Y10T156/1751At least three articles
    • Y10T156/1761Stacked serially

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a printer for printing an interface onto an surface to produce an interface surface
  • the invention has been developed p ⁇ ma ⁇ l) to produce interface surfaces which allow users to interact with networked information and to obtain interactive printed matter on demand via high-speed networked color printers
  • the invention will largely be described herein with reference to this use, it will be appreciated that the invention is not limited to use in this field
  • PCT/AU00/00540 PCT/AU00/00541 , PCT/AU00/00542, PCT/AU00/00543, PCT/AU00/00544, PCT/AU00/00545, PCT/AU00/00547. PCT/AU00/00546, PCT/AU00O0554.
  • PC1 /AU00/00556, PCT/AU00/00557 PCT/AUOO/00558, PCT/AU00/00559, PCT/AU00/00560, PCT/AU00/00561 , PCT/AU00/00562, PCT/AU00/00563, PCT/AU00/00564, PCT/AU00/00566, PCT AUOO/00567.
  • PC r/AUOO/00582 PCT/AUOO/00587, PCT/AU00/00588, PCT/AU00/00589, PCT/AU00/00583 PCT/AUOO/00593.
  • PCT/AU00/00590 PCT/AU00/00591, PCT/AU00/00592.
  • PCT/AU00/00594 PCT/AU00/00595.
  • PCT/AU00/00598, PCT/AU00/00516, and PCT/AU00/00517 The disclosures of these co-pending applications are incorporated herein by cross-reference
  • a user of a computer system typically teiacts w ith the system using a monitor foi displaying information and a kevboard and/or mouse for inputting information Whilst such an interface is powerful, it is relatively bulky and non-portable Information printed on paper can be easier to read and more portable than information displayed on a computer monitor
  • a pen on paper unlike a keyboard or mouse, a pen on paper generally lacks the ability to interact with computer software
  • a printer for printing a second interface onto a second surface, in response to first indicating data received from a sensing device, the first indicating data being sensed bv the sensing device from first coded data, a first interface disposed on a first surface including the first coded data, the printer including - 1a
  • a printing module including a printing mechanism, configured to (1) receive the response data from the computer system
  • the second interface includes second coded data
  • the p ⁇ nting module includes a coded data generator configured to generate the second coded data based on at least part of the response data
  • the response data includes second region identity data indicative of at least one identity, the identity being associated with a region of the second interface, the coded data generator being configured to generate the second coded data based on the second region identity data, the second coded data being indicative of the identity
  • the second interface includes visible information in addition to the second coded data, the visible information being based at least partially on the response data
  • the second coded data is also indicative of at least one reference point of the region More preferably, the at least one reference point is determined on the basis of a coded data layout
  • the p ⁇ nting module is configured to receive the coded data layout from the computer system
  • the p ⁇ nter further includes storage means for sto ⁇ ng a plurality of the coded data layouts, the p ⁇ nting module being configured to receive, from the computer system, layout selection information indicative of one of the coded data layouts, and use the layout selection information to select one of the stored coded layouts for use m determining the at least one reference point
  • the first indicating data includes location data sensed by the sensing device from the first coded data
  • the first indicating data includes first region identity data sensed by the sensing device from the first coded data, the first region identity data being indicative of an identity associated with a region of the first interface, the region being at least partially indicative of the response data
  • the first indicating data includes location data sensed by the sensing device from the first coded data, the location data being indicative of a location within the region, the location within the region being at least partially indicative of the response data
  • the second coded data includes at least one tag, each tag being indicative of the identity of the region
  • the present invention provides a system including a p ⁇ nter according to the first aspect, and a sensing device for sensing the first indicating data and transmitting it to the p ⁇ nter
  • the sensing device includes a radio transmitter for transmitting the indicating data to the p ⁇ nter, and the p ⁇ nter includes a radio receiver for receiving the indicating data
  • the sensing device includes an optical sensor for sensing the first coded data
  • the present invention provides a system including a p ⁇ nter according to the first aspect of the invention, a first interface surface disposed on a first surface, the first interface surface including first coded data to be sensed by a sensing device, thereby to generate first indicating data for transmission from the sensing device to the p ⁇ nter
  • the present invention provides an interface surface produced by a p ⁇ nter according to the first aspect
  • Figure 2 is a schematic view of a interaction between a netpage pen, a netpage p ⁇ nter, a netpage page server, and a netpage application server,
  • Figure 3 illustrates a collection of netpage servers and p ⁇ nters interconnected via a network
  • Figure 4 is a schematic view of a high-level structure of a pnnted netpage and its online page desc ⁇ ption
  • Figure 5 is a plan view showing a structure of a netpage tag
  • Figure 6 is a plan view showing a relationship between a set of the tags shown in Figure 5 and a field of view of a netpage sensing device in the form of a netpage pen,
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a tag image processing and decoding algo ⁇ thm
  • Figure 8 is a perspective view of a netpage pen and its associated tag-sensing field-of-view cone
  • Figure 9 is a perspective exploded view of the netpage pen shown in Figure 8
  • Figure 10 is a schematic block diagram of a pen controller for the netpage pen shown in Figures 8 and 9,
  • Figure 11 is a perspective view of a wall-mounted netpage p ⁇ nter
  • Figure 12 is a section through the length of the netpage p ⁇ nter of Figure 11 .
  • Figure 12a is an enlarged portion of Figure 12 showing a section of the duplexed p ⁇ nt engines and glue wheel assembly
  • Figure 13 is a detailed view of the ink cart ⁇ dge, ink, air and glue paths, and p ⁇ nt engines of the netpage p ⁇ nter of Figures
  • Figure 14 is a schematic block diagram of a p ⁇ nter controller for the netpage p ⁇ nter shown in Figures 11 and 12,
  • Figure 15 is a schematic block diagram of duplexed p ⁇ nt engine controllers and MemjetTM p ⁇ ntheads associated with the p ⁇ nter controller shown Figure 14
  • Figure 16 is a schematic block diagram of the p ⁇ nt engine controller shown in Figures 14 and 15,
  • Figure 17 is a perspective view of a single MemjetTM p ⁇ nting element, as used in, for example, the netpage p ⁇ nter of
  • Figure 18 is a perspective view of a small part of an array of MemjetTM pnnting elements
  • Figure 19 is a se ⁇ es of perspective views illustrating the operating cycle of the MemjetTM p ⁇ nting element shown in Figure 13,
  • Figure 20 is a perspective view of a short segment of a pagewidth MemjetTM p ⁇ nthead
  • Figure 21 is a schematic view of a user class diagram
  • Figure 22 is a schematic view of a p ⁇ nter class diagram
  • Figure 23 is a schematic view of a pen class diagram
  • Figure 24 is a schematic view of an application class diagram
  • Figure 25 is a schematic view of a document and page desc ⁇ ption class diagram
  • Figure 26 is a schematic view of a document and page ownership class diagram
  • Figure 27 is a schematic view of a terminal element specialization class diagram
  • Figure 28 is a schematic view of a static element specialization class diagram
  • Figure 29 is a schematic view of a hyperlink element class diagram
  • Figure 30 is a schematic view of a hyperlink element specialization class diagram
  • Figure 31 is a schematic view of a hyperhnked group class diagram
  • Figure 32 is a schematic view of a form class diagram
  • Figure 33 is a schematic view of a digital ink class diagram
  • Figure 34 is a schematic view of a field element specialization class diagram
  • Figure 35 is a schematic view of a checkbox field class diagram
  • Figure 36 is a schematic view of a text field class diagram
  • Figure 37 is a schematic view of a signature field class diagram, - 4 -
  • Figure 38 is a flowchart of an input processing algo ⁇ thm
  • Figure 38a is a detailed flowchart of one step of the flowchart of Figure 38,
  • Figure 39 is a schematic view of a page server command element class diagram
  • Figure 40 is a schematic view of a resource desc ⁇ ption class diagram
  • Figure 41 is a schematic view of a favo ⁇ tes list class diagram
  • Figure 42 is a schematic view of a history list class diagram
  • Figure 43 is a schematic view of a subsc ⁇ ption delivery protocol
  • Figure 44 is a schematic view of a hyperlink request class diagram
  • Figure 45 is a schematic view of a hyperlink activation protocol
  • Figure 46 is a schematic view of a form submission protocol
  • Figure 47 is a schematic view of a commission payment protocol
  • Figure 48 is a flowchart of document processing in a netpage pnnter
  • Figure 49 is a schematic view of a set of radial wedges making up a symbol
  • Figure 50 is a schematic view of a ⁇ ng A and B symbol allocation scheme
  • Figure 51 is a schematic view of a first ⁇ ng C and D symbol allocation scheme
  • Figure 52 is a schematic view of a second ⁇ ng C and D symbol allocation scheme
  • Figure 53 is a simple exploded view of the wallp ⁇ nter
  • Figure 54 is an exploded view of the ink cartridge
  • Figure 55 is a pair of three-quarter views of the ink cartridge
  • Figure 56 is a three-quarter view of a single ink bladder
  • Figures 57a and 57b are lateral and longitudinal sections through the ink cartridge
  • Figure 58 is a front three-quarter view of the open media tray
  • Figure 59 is a front three-quarter view of the elect ⁇ cal system of the p ⁇ nter
  • Figure 60 is a rear three-quarter view of the elect ⁇ cal system
  • Figure 61 is a front three-quarter view of the wallp ⁇ nter with the lower front cover removed
  • Figure 62 is a section through the binder assembly
  • Figure 63 is a rear three-quarter view of the open glue wheel assembly
  • Figure 64 is a section through the binding assembly and the exit hatch
  • Figure 65 is a three-dimensional view of an interface module
  • Figure 66 is an exploded view of an interface module
  • Figure 67 is a top three-quarter view of the media tray.
  • Figure 68 is a section through the top part of the p ⁇ nter
  • the preferred form of the netpage system employs a computer interface in the form of a mapped surface, that is, a physical surface which contains references to a map of the surface maintained in a computer system
  • the map references can be que ⁇ ed by an approp ⁇ ate sensing device
  • the map references may be encoded visibly or invisibly, and defined in such a way that a local query on the mapped surface yields an unambiguous map reference both within the map and
  • buttons and hyperlinks on each page can be clicked with the pen to request information from the network or to signal preferences to a network server
  • text written by hand on a netpage is automatically recognized and converted to computer text in the netpage system, allowing forms to be filled in
  • signatures recorded on a netpage are automatically ve ⁇ fied, allowing e-commerce transactions to be securely autho ⁇ zed
  • a p ⁇ nted netpage 1 can represent a interactive form which can be filled in by the user both physically, on the p ⁇ nted page, and "electronically", via communication between the pen and the netpage system
  • the example shows a "Request" form containing name and address fields and a submit button
  • the netpage consists of graphic data 2 p ⁇ nted using visible ink, and coded data 3 p ⁇ nted as a collection of tags 4 using invisible ink
  • the corresponding page desc ⁇ ption 5 stored on the netpage network, desc ⁇ bes the individual elements of the netpage In particular it desc ⁇ bes the type and spatial extent (zone) of each interactive element (I e text field or button in the example), to allow the netpage system to correctly interpret input via the netpage
  • the submit button 6, for example, has a zone 7 which corresponds to the spatial extent of the corresponding graphic 8
  • the netpage pen 101 works in conjunction with a netpage p ⁇ nter 601, an Internet-connected p ⁇ nting appliance for home, office or mobile use
  • the pen is wireless and communicates securely with the netpage p ⁇ nter via a short-range radio link 9
  • the netpage p ⁇ nter 601 a prefe ⁇ ed form of which is shown in Figures 11 to 13 and desc ⁇ bed m more detail below, is able to deliver, pe ⁇ odically or on demand, personalized newspapers, magazines, catalogs, brochures and other publications, all pnnted at high quality as interactive netpages Unlike a personal computer, the netpage p ⁇ nter is an appliance which can be, for example, wall-mounted adjacent to an area where the morning news is first consumed, such as in a user's kitchen, near a breakfast table, or near the household's point of departure for the day It also comes in tabletop, desktop, portable and miniature versions
  • Netpages p ⁇ nted at their point of consumption combine the ease-of-use of paper with the timeliness and interactivity of an interactive medium
  • the netpage pen 101 interacts with the coded data on a p ⁇ nted netpage 1 and communicates, via a short-range radio link 9, the interaction to a netpage p ⁇ nter
  • the p ⁇ nter 601 sends the interaction to the relevant netpage page server 10 for interpretation
  • the page server sends a corresponding message to application computer software running on a netpage application server 13
  • the application server may m turn send a response which is p ⁇ nted on the ongmating p ⁇ nter
  • netpage system is made considerably more convenient in the preferred embodiment by being used in conjunction with high-speed microelectromechamcal system (MEMS) based inkjet (MemjetTM) p ⁇ nters
  • MEMS microelectromechamcal system
  • MemjetTM inkjet
  • a netpage publication has the physical characte ⁇ stics of a traditional newsmagazine, such as a set of letter- size glossy pages p ⁇ nted in full color on both sides, bound together for easy navigation and comfortable handling
  • the netpage p ⁇ nter exploits the growing availability of broadband Internet access Cable service is available - 6 - to 95% of households in the United States, and cable modem service offe ⁇ ng broadband Internet access is already available to 20% of these
  • the netpage p ⁇ nter can also operate with slower connections, but with longer delivery times and lower image quality Indeed, the netpage system can be enabled using existing consumer kjet and laser pnnters, although the system will operate more slowly and will therefore be less acceptable from a consumer's point of view
  • the netpage system is hosted on a p ⁇ vate intranet
  • the netpage system is hosted on a single computer or computer-enabled device, such as a p ⁇ nter
  • Netpage publication servers 14 on the netpage network are configured to deliver p ⁇ nt-quality publications to netpage p ⁇ nters
  • Pe ⁇ odical publications are delivered automatically to subsc ⁇ b g netpage p ⁇ nters via pointcasting and multicasting Internet protocols
  • Personalized publications are filtered and formatted according to individual user profiles
  • a netpage p ⁇ nter can be configured to support any number of pens, and a pen can work with any number of netpage p ⁇ nters
  • each netpage pen has a unique identifier
  • a household may have a collection of colored netpage pens, one assigned to each member of the family This allows each user to maintain a distinct profile with respect to a netpage publication server or application server
  • a netpage pen can also be registered with a netpage registration server 11 and linked to one or more payment card accounts This allows e-commerce payments to be securely autho ⁇ zed using the netpage pen
  • the netpage registration server compares the signature captured by the netpage pen with a previously registered signature, allowing it to authenticate the user's identity to an e-commerce server
  • Other biometrics can also be used to ve ⁇ fy identity
  • a version of the netpage pen includes fingerpnnt scanning, ve ⁇ fied in a similar way by the netpage registration server
  • netpage p ⁇ nter may deliver pe ⁇ odicals such as the morning newspaper without user intervention, it can be configured never to deliver unsolicited junk mail In its prefe ⁇ ed form, it only delivers pe ⁇ odicals from subsc ⁇ bed or otherwise autho ⁇ zed sources In this respect, the netpage p ⁇ nter is unlike a fax machine or e-mail account which is visible to any junk mailer who knows the telephone number or email address 1 NETPAGE SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
  • UML Unified Modeling Language
  • a class diagram consists of a set of object classes connected by relationships, and two kinds of relationships are of interest here associations and generalizations
  • An association represents some kind of relationship between objects, I e between instances of classes A generalization relates actual classes, and can be understood in the following way if a class is thought of as the set of all objects of that class, and class A is a generalization of class B, then B is simply a subset of A
  • the UML does not directly support second-order modelling - 1 e classes of classes
  • Each class is drawn as a rectangle labelled with the name of the class It contains a list of the att ⁇ butes of the class, separated from the name by a ho ⁇ zontal line, and a list of the operations of the class, separated from the attribute list by a ho ⁇ zontal line In the class diagrams which follow, however, operations are never modelled
  • An association is drawn as a line joining two classes, optionally labelled at either end with the multiplicity of the association The default multiplicity is one
  • An aste ⁇ sk (*) indicates a multiplicity of "many", I e zero or more
  • Each association is optionally labelled with its name, and is also optionally labelled at either end with the role of the corresponding class
  • An open diamond indicates an aggregation association ("ls-part-of '), and is drawn at the aggregator end of the association line
  • Netpages are the foundation on which a netpage network is built They provide a paper-based user interface to published information and interactive services - 7 -
  • a netpage consists of a p ⁇ nted page (or other surface region) invisibly tagged with references to an online desc ⁇ ption of the page
  • the online page desc ⁇ ption is maintained persistently by a netpage page server
  • the page desc ⁇ ption desc ⁇ bes the visible layout and content of the page, including text, graphics and images It also desc ⁇ bes the input elements on the page, including buttons, hyperlinks, and input fields
  • a netpage allows markings made with a netpage pen on its surface to be simultaneously captured and processed by the netpage system
  • each netpage is assigned a unique page identifier This page ID has sufficient precision to distinguish between a very large number of netpages
  • Each reference to the page desc ⁇ ption is encoded in a p ⁇ nted tag
  • the tag identifies the unique page on which it appears, and thereby indirectly identifies the page desc ⁇ ption
  • the tag also identifies its own position on the page Characte ⁇ stics of the tags are desc ⁇ bed in more detail below
  • Tags are p ⁇ nted in infrared-absorptive k on any substrate which is infrared-reflective, such as ordinary paper Near-mfrared wavelengths are invisible to the human eye but are easily sensed by a solid-state image sensor with an approp ⁇ ate filter
  • a tag is sensed by an area image sensor in the netpage pen, and the tag data is transmitted to the netpage system via the nearest netpage p ⁇ nter
  • the pen is wireless and communicates with the netpage p ⁇ nter via a short-range radio link Tags are sufficiently small and densely a ⁇ anged that the pen can reliably image at least one tag even on a single click on the page It is important that the pen recognize the page ID and position on every interaction with the page, since the interaction is stateless Tags are error-correctably encoded to make them partially tolerant to surface damage
  • the netpage page server maintains a unique page instance for each p ⁇ nted netpage, allowing it to maintain a distinct set of user-supplied values for
  • each tag identifies the region in which it appears, and the location of that tag within the region
  • a tag may also contain flags which relate to the region as a whole or to the tag
  • One or more flag bits may, for example, signal a tag sensing device to provide feedback indicative of a function associated with the immediate area of the tag, without the sensing device having to refer to a desc ⁇ ption of the region
  • a netpage pen may, for example, illuminate an "active area" LED when in the zone of a hyperlink
  • each tag contains an easily recognized inva ⁇ ant structure which aids initial detection, and which assists minimizing the effect of any warp induced by the surface or by the sensing process
  • the tags preferably tile the entire page, and are sufficiently small and densely a ⁇ anged that the pen can reliably image at least one tag even on a single click on the page It is important that the pen recognize the page ID and position on every interaction with the page, since the interaction is stateless
  • the region to which a tag refers coincides with an entire page, and the region ID encoded in the tag is therefore synonymous with the page ID of the page on which the tag appears
  • the region to which a tag refers can be an arbitrary subregion of a page or other surface For example, it can coincide with the zone of an interactive element, in which case the region ID can directly identify the interactive element
  • Each tag contains 120 bits of information, typically allocated as shown in Table 1 Assuming a maximum tag density of 64 per square inch, a 16-bit tag ID supports a region size of up to 1024 square inches Larger regions can be mapped continuously without increasing the tag ID precision simply by using abutting regions and maps The 100-bit region ID allows 2 100 ( ⁇ 10 30 or a million t ⁇ lhon t ⁇ lhon) different regions to be uniquely identified
  • the 120 bits of tag data are redundantly encoded using a (15, 5) Reed-Solomon code
  • the (15, 5) code allows up to 5 symbol errors to be co ⁇ ected per codeword, l e it is tolerant of a symbol e ⁇ or rate of up to 33% per codeword
  • Each 4-bit symbol is represented m a spatially coherent way in the tag, and the symbols of the six codewords are interleaved spatially within the tag This ensures that a burst e ⁇ or (an e ⁇ or affecting multiple spatially ad j acent bits) damages a minimum number of symbols overall and a minimum number of symbols in any one codeword, thus maximising the likelihood that the burst e ⁇ or can be fully corrected
  • the physical representation of the tag shown in Figure 5, includes fixed target structures 15, 16, 17 and va ⁇ able data areas 18
  • the fixed target structures allow a sensing device such as the netpage pen to detect the tag and infer its three-dimensional o ⁇ entation relative to the sensor
  • the data areas contain representations of the individual bits of the encoded tag data
  • the tag is rendered at a resolution of 256x256 dots When p ⁇ nted at 1600 dots per inch this yields a tag with a diameter of about 4 mm At this resolution the tag is designed to be su ⁇ ounded by a "quiet area" of radius 16 dots Since the quiet area is also cont ⁇ ubbed by adjacent tags, it only adds 16 dots to the effective diameter of the tag
  • the tag includes six target structures
  • a detection ⁇ ng 15 allows the sensing device to initially detect the tag
  • the ⁇ ng is easy to detect because it is rotationally inva ⁇ ant and because a simple co ⁇ ection of its aspect ratio removes most of the effects of perspective distortion
  • An o ⁇ entation axis 16 allows the sensing device to determine the approximate planar o ⁇ entation of the tag due to the yaw of the sensor
  • the o ⁇ entation axis is skewed to yield a unique o ⁇ entation
  • Four perspective targets 17 allow the sensing device to infer an accurate two-dimensional perspective transform of the tag and hence an accurate three-dimensional position and o ⁇ entation of the tag relative to the sensor All target structures are redundantly large to improve their immunity to noise
  • the overall tag shape is circular This supports, amongst other things, optimal tag packing on an l ⁇ egular t ⁇ angular g ⁇ d In combination with the circular detection ⁇ ng 15, this makes a circular a ⁇ angement of data bits within the tag
  • the 15 4-bit data symbols of each of the six codewords are allocated to the four concent ⁇ c symbol ⁇ ngs 18a to 18d, shown in Figure 5, m interleaved fashion as shown m Figures 49 to 51 Symbols of first to sixth codewords 520- 525 are allocated alternately in circular progression around the tag The interleaving is designed to maximise the average spatial distance between any two symbols of the same - 9 - codeword
  • the sensing device In order to support "single-click" interaction with a tagged region via a sensing device, the sensing device must be able to see at least one entire tag m its field of view no matter where in the region or at what o ⁇ entation it is positioned The required diameter of the field of view of the sensing device is therefore a function of the size and spacing of the tags
  • Binary shape moments 25 are then computed (at 24) for each shape, and these provide the basis for subsequently locating target structures
  • Central shape moments are by their nature inva ⁇ ant of position, and can be easily made inva ⁇ ant of scale, aspect ratio and rotation
  • the ⁇ ng target structure 15 is the first to be located (at 26)
  • a ⁇ ng has the advantage of being very well behaved when perspective-distorted Matching proceeds by aspect-normalizing and rotation-normalizing each shape's moments Once its second-order moments are normalized the ⁇ ng is easy to recognize even if the perspective distortion was significant
  • the ⁇ ng's o ⁇ gmal aspect and rotation 27 together provide a useful approximation of the perspective transform
  • the axis target structure 16 is the next to be located (at 28)
  • Matching proceeds by applying the ⁇ ng's normalizations to each shape's moments, and rotation-normalizing the resulting moments Once its second-order moments are normalized the axis target is easily recognized Note that one third order moment is required to disambiguate the two possible o ⁇ entations of the axis The shape is deliberately skewed to one side to make this possible Note also that it is only possible to rotation-normalize the axis target after it has had the ⁇ ng's normalizations applied, since the perspective distortion can hide the axis target's axis The axis target's o ⁇ gmal rotation provides a useful approximation of the tag's rotation due to pen yaw 29
  • the four perspective target structures 17 are the last to be located (at 30) Good estimates of their positions are computed based on their known spatial relationships to the ⁇ ng and axis targets, the aspect and rotation of the ⁇ ng, and the rotation of the axis Matching proceeds by applying the ⁇ ng's normalizations to each shape's moments Once their second-order moments are normalized the circular perspective targets are easy to recognize, and the target closest to each estimated position is taken as a match
  • the o ⁇ gmal centroids of the four perspective targets are then taken to be the perspective-distorted corners 31 of a square of known size in tag space, and an eight-degree-of-freedom perspective transform 33 is infe ⁇ ed (at 32) based on solving the well-understood equations relating the four tag-space and image- space point pairs (see Heckbert, P , Fundamentals of Texture Mapping and Image Warping, Masters Thesis, Dept of EECS, U of California at Berkeley, Technical Report No UCB/CSD 89/516, June 1989,
  • the infe ⁇ ed tag-space to image-space perspective transform is used to project (at 36) each known data bit position m tag space into image space where the real-valued position is used to bihnearly interpolate (at 36) the four relevant adjacent pixels in the input image
  • the previously computed image threshold 21 is used to threshold the result to produce the final bit value 37
  • each of the six 60-bit Reed-Solomon codewords is decoded (at 38) to yield 20 decoded bits 39, or 120 decoded bits in total Note that the codeword symbols are sampled m - 10 - codeword order, so that codewords are implicitly de-interleaved du ⁇ ng the sampling process
  • the ⁇ ng target 15 is only sought in a subarea of the image whose relationship to the image guarantees that the ⁇ ng, if found, is part of a complete tag If a complete tag is not found and successfully decoded, then no pen position is recorded for the current frame Given adequate processing power and ideally a non-mmimal field of view 193, an alternative strategy involves seeking another tag in the current image
  • the obtained tag data indicates the identity of the region containing the tag and the position of the tag within the region
  • An accurate position 35 of the pen nib in the region, as well as the overall o ⁇ entation 35 of the pen, is then infe ⁇ ed (at 34) from the perspective transform 33 observed on the tag and the known spatial relationship between the pen's physical axis and the pen's optical axis 1.2.5 Tag Map
  • Decoding a tag results in a region ID, a tag ID, and a tag-relative pen transform
  • a tag map a function which maps each tag ID m a tagged region to a co ⁇ esponding location
  • the tag map class diagram is shown in Figure 22, as part of the netpage p ⁇ nter class diagram
  • a tag map reflects the scheme used to tile the surface region with tags, and this can vary according to surface type When multiple tagged regions share the same tiling scheme and the same tag numbe ⁇ ng scheme, they can also share the same tag map
  • the tag map for a region must be retrievable via the region ID
  • the tag map can be ret ⁇ eved, the tag ID can be translated into an absolute tag location within the region, and the tag-relative pen location can be added to the tag location to yield an absolute pen location within the region 1.2.6 Tagging Schemes
  • a location-indicating tag contains a tag ID which, when translated through the tag map associated with the tagged region, yields a unique tag location within the region
  • the tag-relative location of the pen is added to this tag location to yield the location of the pen within the region This in turn is used to determine the location of the pen relative to a user interface element in the page desc ⁇ ption associated with the region Not only is the user interface element itself identified, but a location relative to the user interface element is identified
  • Location-indicating tags therefore t ⁇ vially support the capture of an absolute pen path m the zone of a particular user interface element
  • An object-indicating tag contains a tag ID which directly identifies a user interface element in the page desc ⁇ ption associated with the region All the tags m the zone of the user interface element identify the user interface element, making them all identical and therefore indistinguishable Object-indicating tags do not, therefore, support the capture of an absolute pen path They do, however, support the capture of a relative pen path So long as the position sampling frequency exceeds twice the encountered tag frequency, the displacement from one sampled pen position to the next within a stroke can be unambiguously determined
  • the tags function in cooperation with associated visual elements on the netpage as user interactive elements m that a user can interact with the p ⁇ nted page using an approp ⁇ ate sensing device in order for tag data to be read by the sensing device and for an approp ⁇ ate response to be generated m the netpage system 1.3 DOCUMENT AND PAGE DESCRIPTIONS
  • FIG. 25 and 26 A prefe ⁇ ed embodiment of a document and page desc ⁇ ption class diagram is shown in Figures 25 and 26
  • a document is desc ⁇ bed at three levels
  • the document 836 has a hierarchical structure whose terminal elements 839 are associated with content objects 840 such as text objects, text style objects, image objects, etc
  • content objects 840 such as text objects, text style objects, image objects, etc
  • the document is paginated and otherwise formatted Formatted terminal elements 835 will in some cases be associated with content objects which are different from those associated with their co ⁇ esponding terminal elements, particularly where the content objects are style-related
  • Each p ⁇ nted instance of a document and page is also desc ⁇ bed separately, to allow input captured through a particular page instance 830 to be recorded separately from input captured through other instances of the same page desc ⁇ ption
  • a formatted document 834 consists of a set of formatted page desc ⁇ ptions 5, each of which consists of a set of formatted terminal elements 835
  • Each formatted element has a spatial extent or zone 58 on the page This defines the active area of input elements such as hyperlinks and input fields
  • a document instance 831 co ⁇ esponds to a formatted document 834 It consists of a set of page instances 830, each of which co ⁇ esponds to a page desc ⁇ ption 5 of the formatted document Each page instance 830 desc ⁇ bes a single unique p ⁇ nted netpage 1 , and records the page ID 50 of the netpage A page instance is not part of a document instance if it represents a copy of a page requested m isolation
  • a page instance consists of a set of terminal element instances 832 An element instance only exists if it records instance-specific information Thus, a hyperlink instance exists for a hyperlink element because it records a transaction ID 55 which is specific to the page instance, and a field instance exists for a field element because it records input specific to the page instance An element instance does not exist, however, for static elements such as textflows
  • a terminal element can be a static element 843, a hyperlink element 844, a field element 845 or a page server command element 846, as shown in Figure 27
  • a static element 843 can be a style element 847 with an associated style object 854, a textflow element 848 with an associated styled text object 855, an image element 849 with an associated image element 856, a graphic element 850 with an associated graphic object 857, a video clip element 851 with an associated video clip object 858, an audio clip element 852 with an associated audio clip object 859, or a sc ⁇ pt element 853 with an associated sc ⁇ pt object 860, as shown in Figure 28
  • a page instance has a background field 833 which is used to record any digital ink captured on the page which does not apply to a specific input element
  • a tag map 811 is associated with each page instance to allow tags on the page to be translated into locations on the page 1.4 THE NETPAGE NETWORK
  • a netpage network consists of a dist ⁇ ubbed set of netpage page servers 10, netpage registration servers 11, netpage ID servers 12, netpage application servers 13, netpage publication servers 14, and netpage p ⁇ nters 601 connected via a network 19 such as the Internet, as shown in Figure 3
  • the netpage registration server 11 is a server which records relationships between users, pens, p ⁇ nters, applications and publications, and thereby autho ⁇ zes va ⁇ ous network activities It authenticates users and acts as a signing proxy on behalf of authenticated users in application transactions It also provides handw ⁇ tmg recognition services
  • a netpage page server 10 maintains persistent information about page descnptions and page instances
  • the netpage network includes any number of page servers, each handling a subset of page instances Since a page server also maintains user input values for each page instance, clients such as netpage p ⁇ nters send netpage input directly to the approp ⁇ ate page server The page server interprets any such input relative to the desc ⁇ p
  • a netpage ID server 12 allocates document IDs 51 on demand, and provides load-balancing of page servers via its ID allocation scheme - 12 -
  • a netpage p ⁇ nter uses the Internet Dist ⁇ Published Name System (DNS), or similar, to resolve a netpage page ID 50 into the network address of the netpage page server handling the co ⁇ esponding page instance
  • DNS Internet Dist ⁇ Published Name System
  • a netpage application server 13 is a server which hosts interactive netpage applications
  • a netpage publication server 14 is an application server which publishes netpage documents to netpage pnnters They are desc ⁇ bed in detail m Section 2
  • Netpage servers can be hosted on a vanety of network server platforms from manufacturers such as IBM, Hewlett-Packard, and Sun Multiple netpage servers can run concurrently on a single host, and a single server can be dist ⁇ aded over a number of hosts Some or all of the functionality provided by netpage servers, and in particular the functionality provided by the ID server and the page server, can also be provided directly m a netpage appliance such as a netpage p ⁇ nter, in a computer workstation, or on a local network 1.5 THE NETPAGE PRINTER
  • the netpage p ⁇ nter 601 is an appliance which is registered with the netpage system and p ⁇ nts netpage documents on demand and via subsc ⁇ ption
  • Each p ⁇ nter has a unique p ⁇ nter ID 62, and is connected to the netpage network via a network such as the Internet, ideally via a broadband connection
  • the netpage p ⁇ nter contains no persistent storage
  • the network is the computer
  • Netpages function interactively across space and time with the help of the dist ⁇ ubbed netpage page servers 10, independently of particular netpage pnnters
  • the netpage p ⁇ nter receives subsc ⁇ bed netpage documents from netpage publication servers 14 Each document is distnubbed in two parts the page layouts, and the actual text and image objects which populate the pages Because of personalization, page layouts are typically specific to a particular subsc ⁇ ber and so are pomtcast to the subsc ⁇ ber's p ⁇ nter via the appropnate page server Text and image objects, on the other hand, are typically shared with other subscnbers, and so are multicast to all subsc ⁇ bers' p ⁇ nters and the approp ⁇ ate page servers
  • the netpage publication server optimizes the segmentation of document content into pointcasts and multicasts After receiving the pomtcast of a document's page layouts, the p ⁇ nter knows which multicasts, if any, to listen to
  • the p ⁇ nter Once the p ⁇ nter has received the complete page layouts and objects that define the document to be pnnted, it can p ⁇ nt the document
  • the p ⁇ nter rastenzes and p ⁇ nts odd and even pages simultaneously on both sides of the sheet It contains duplexed p ⁇ nt engine controllers 760 and p ⁇ nt engines utilizing MemjetTM pnntheads 350 for this purpose
  • the p ⁇ ntmg process consists of two decoupled stages raste ⁇ zation of page desc ⁇ ptions, and expansion and pnnting of page images
  • the raster image processor (RIP) consists of one or more standard DSPs 757 running in parallel
  • the duplexed p ⁇ nt engine controllers consist of custom processors which expand, dither and p ⁇ nt page images in real time, synchronized with the operation of the pnntheads in the p ⁇ nt engines
  • P ⁇ nters not enabled for IR p ⁇ nting have the option to p ⁇ nt tags using IR-absorptive black ink, although this rest ⁇ cts tags to otherwise empty areas of the page Although such pages have more limited functionality than IR-p ⁇ nted pages, they are still classed as netpages
  • a normal netpage p ⁇ nter p ⁇ nts netpages on sheets of paper More specialised netpage p ⁇ nters may p ⁇ nt onto more specialised surfaces, such as globes
  • Each p ⁇ nter supports at least one surface type, and supports at least one tag tiling scheme, and hence tag map, for each surface type
  • the tag map 811 which descnbes the tag tiling scheme actually used to p ⁇ nt a document becomes associated with that document so that the document's tags can be correctly interpreted
  • Figure 2 shows the netpage p ⁇ nter class diagram, reflecting p ⁇ nter-related information maintained by a registration server 11 on the netpage network
  • a preferred embodiment of the netpage p ⁇ nter is desc ⁇ bed m greater detail in Section 6 below, with reference to Figures 11 to 16 - 13 -
  • the netpage system can operate using p ⁇ nters made with a wide range of digital pnnting technologies, including thermal inkjet, piezoelectnc Inkjet, laser electrophotographic, and others
  • a netpage p ⁇ nter have the following characte ⁇ stics â€ĸ photographic quality color p ⁇ nting
  • MemjetTM is a drop-on-demand inkjet technology that incorporates pagewidth pnntheads fabncated using microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) technology
  • Figure 17 shows a single pnnting element 300 of a MemjetTM pnnthead
  • the netpage wallp ⁇ nter incorporates 168960 pnnting elements 300 to form a 1600 dpi pagewidth duplex p ⁇ nter
  • This p ⁇ nter simultaneously p ⁇ nts cyan, magenta, yellow, black, and infrared inks as well as paper conditioner and ink fixative
  • the p ⁇ nting element 300 is approximately 110 microns long by 32 microns wide Arrays of these p ⁇ nting elements are formed on a silicon substrate 301 that incorporates CMOS logic, data transfer, timing, and dnve circuits (not shown)
  • Major elements of the p ⁇ nting element 300 are the nozzle 302, the nozzle nm 303, the nozzle chamber 304, the fluidic seal 305, the ink channel ⁇ m 306, the lever arm 307, the active actuator beam pair 308, the passive actuator beam pair 309, the active actuator anchor 310, the passive actuator anchor 311, and the ink inlet 312
  • the active actuator beam pair 308 is mechanically joined to the passive actuator beam pair 309 at the j oin
  • Figure 18 shows a small part of an array of p ⁇ nting elements 300, including a cross section 315 of a p ⁇ nting element 300
  • the cross section 315 is shown without ink, to clearly show the ink mlet 312 that passes through the silicon wafer 301
  • Figures 19(a), 19(b) and 19(c) show the operating cycle of a MemjetTM p ⁇ nting element 300
  • Figure 19(a) shows the quiescent position of the ink meniscus 316 p ⁇ or to pnnting an ink droplet Ink is retained the nozzle chamber by surface tension at the ink meniscus 316 and at the fluidic seal 305 formed between the nozzle chamber 304 and the ink channel ⁇ m 306
  • the pnnthead CMOS circuitry dist ⁇ butes data from the pnnt engine controller to the correct p ⁇ nting element, latches the data, and buffers the data to dnve the electrodes 318 of the active actuator beam pair 308
  • This causes an elect ⁇ cal cu ⁇ ent to pass through the beam pair 308 for about one microsecond, resulting in Joule heating
  • the temperature increase resulting from Joule heating causes the beam pair 308 to expand As the passive actuator beam - 14 - pair 309 is not heated, it does not
  • Figure 20 shows a segment of a pnnthead 350 In a netpage pnnter, the length of the pnnthead is the full width of the paper (typically 210 mm) in the direction 351 The segment shown is 04 mm long (about 02% of a complete pnnthead) When pnnting, the paper is moved past the fixed pnnthead in the direction 352
  • the pnnthead has 6 rows of interdigitated p ⁇ nting elements 300, p ⁇ nting the six colors or types of ink supplied by the ink inlets 312
  • a nozzle guard wafer 330 is attached to the pnnthead substrate 301 for each nozzle 302 there is a co ⁇ esponding nozzle guard hole 331 through which the ink droplets are fired To prevent the nozzle guard holes 331 from becoming blocked by paper fibers or other deb ⁇ s, filtered air is pumped through the air inlets 332 and out of the nozzle guard holes du ⁇ ng p ⁇ nting To prevent ink 321 from drying, the nozzle guard is sealed while the pnnter is idle 1.6
  • the Netpage Pen The active sensing device of the netpage system is typically a pen 101, which, using its embedded controller
  • the system is able to sense when the nib is in contact with the surface, and the pen is able to sense tags at a sufficient rate to capture human handwriting (I e at 200 dpi or greater and 100 Hz or faster)
  • Information captured by the pen is encrypted and wirelessly transmitted to the p ⁇ nter (or base station), the p ⁇ nter or base station interpreting the data with respect to the (known) page structure
  • the prefe ⁇ ed embodiment of the netpage pen operates both as a normal marking ink pen and as a non- marking stylus
  • the marking aspect is not necessary for using the netpage system as a browsing system, such as when it is used as an Internet interface
  • Each netpage pen is registered with the netpage system and has a unique pen ID 61
  • Figure 23 shows the netpage pen class diagram, reflecting pen-related information maintained by a registration server 11 on the netpage network
  • the pen determines its position and o ⁇ entation relative to the page
  • the nib is attached to a force sensor, and the force on the nib is interpreted relative to a threshold to indicate whether the pen is "up” or "down”
  • a threshold to indicate whether the pen is "up” or "down”
  • the force is captured as a continuous value to allow, say, the full dynamics of a signature to be venfied
  • the pen determines the position and onentation of its nib on the netpage by imaging, in the infrared spectrum, an area 193 of the page in the vicinity of the nib It decodes the nearest tag and computes the position of the nib relative to the tag from the observed perspective distortion on the imaged tag and the known geometry of the pen optics
  • the position resolution of the tag may be low, because the tag density on the page is inversely proportional to the tag size, the adjusted position resolution is quite high, exceeding the minimum resolution required for accurate handw ⁇ ting recognition
  • Pen actions relative to a netpage are captured as a senes of strokes
  • a stroke consists of a sequence of time- stamped pen positions on the page, initiated by a pen-down event and completed by the subsequent pen-up event
  • Each netpage pen has a cunent selection 826 associated with it, allowing the user to perform copy and paste operations etc
  • the selection is timestamped to allow the system to discard it after a defined time pe ⁇ od
  • the current selection desc ⁇ bes a region of a page instance It consists of the most recent digital mk stroke captured through the pen relative to the background area of the page It is interpreted in an application-specific manner once it is submitted to an application via a selection hyperlink activation
  • Each pen has a cu ⁇ ent nib 824 This is the nib last notified by the pen to the system In the case of the default netpage pen desc ⁇ bed above, either the marking black ink nib or the non-marking stylus nib is cu ⁇ ent
  • Each pen also has a cu ⁇ ent nib style 825 This is the nib style last associated with the pen by an application, e g in response to the user selecting a color from a palette
  • the default nib style is the nib style associated with the cu ⁇ ent nib Strokes captured through a pen are tagged with the cu ⁇ ent nib style When the strokes are subsequently reproduced, they are reproduced in the nib style with which they are tagged
  • the pen Whenever the pen is within range of a p ⁇ nter with which it can communicate, the pen slowly flashes its "online" LED When the pen fails to decode a stroke relative to the page, it momenta ⁇ ly activates its "e ⁇ or” LED When the pen succeeds in decoding a stroke relative to the page, it momentanly activates its "ok” LED
  • a sequence of captured strokes is refe ⁇ ed to as digital ink
  • Digital ink forms the basis for the digital exchange of drawings and handwriting, for online recognition of handw ⁇ ting, and for online venfication of signatures
  • the pen is wireless and transmits digital ink to the netpage p ⁇ nter via a short-range radio link
  • the transmitted digital ink is encrypted for pnvacy and secunty and packetized for efficient transmission, but is always flushed on a pen-up event to ensure timely handling in the p ⁇ nter
  • the pen When the pen is out-of-range of a p ⁇ nter it buffers digital ink in internal memory, which has a capacity of over ten minutes of continuous handw ⁇ tmg When the pen is once again within range of a p ⁇ nter, it transfers any buffered digital ink
  • a pen can be registered with any number of p ⁇ nters, but because all state data resides m netpages both on paper and on the network, it is largely lmmate ⁇ al which p ⁇ nter a pen is communicating with at any particular time
  • a prefe ⁇ ed embodiment of the pen is desc ⁇ bed in greater detail in Section 6 below, with reference to Figures 8 to 10
  • the netpage p ⁇ nter 601 receives data relating to a stroke from the pen 101 when the pen is used to interact with a netpage 1
  • the coded data 3 of the tags 4 is read by the pen when it is used to execute a movement, such as a stroke
  • the data allows the identity of the particular page and associated interactive element to be determined and an indication of the relative positioning of the pen relative to the page to be obtained
  • the indicating data is transmitted to the pnnter, where it resolves, via the DNS, the page ID 50 of the stroke into the network address of the netpage page server 10 which maintains the co ⁇ esponding page instance 830 It then transmits the stroke to the page server If the page was recently identified in an earlier stroke, then the p ⁇ nter may already have the address of the relevant page server in its cache
  • Each netpage consists of a compact page layout maintained persistently by a netpage page server (see below)
  • the page layout refers to objects such as images, fonts and pieces of text, typically stored elsewhere on the netpage
  • the page server When the page server receives the stroke from the pen, it retrieves the page descnption to which the stroke applies, and determines which element of the page descnption the stroke intersects It is then able to interpret the stroke in the context of the type of the relevant element
  • a “click” is a stroke where the distance and time between the pen down position and the subsequent pen up position are both less than some small maximum
  • An object which is activated by a click typically requires a click to be activated, and accordingly, a longer stroke is ignored
  • the failure of a pen action, such as a "sloppy" click, to register is - 16 - mdicated by the lack of response from the pen's "ok" LED
  • a hyperlink is a means of sending a message to a remote application, and typically elicits a p ⁇ nted response in the netpage system
  • a hyperlink element 844 identifies the application 71 which handles activation of the hyperlink, a link ID 54 which identifies the hyperlink to the application, an "alias required" flag which asks the system to include the user's application alias ID 65 in the hyperlink activation, and a desc ⁇ ption which is used when the hyperlink is recorded as a favonte or appears in the user's history
  • the hyperlink element class diagram is shown in Figure 29
  • a hyperlink When a hyperlink is activated, the page server sends a request to an application somewhere on the network
  • the application is identified by an application ID 64, and the application ID is resolved in the normal way via the DNS
  • a general hyperlink can implement a request for a linked document, or may simply signal a preference to a server
  • a form hyperlink submits the corresponding form to the application
  • a selection hyperlink submits the cu ⁇ ent selection to the application If the cu ⁇ ent selection contains a single-word piece of text, for example, the application may return a single-page document giving the word's meaning within the context in which it appears, or a translation into a different language
  • Each hyperlink type is characte ⁇ zed by what information is submitted to the application
  • the co ⁇ esponding hyperlink instance 862 records a transaction ID 55 which can be specific to the page instance on which the hyperlink instance appears
  • the transaction ID can identify user-specific data to the application, for example a "shopping cart" of pending purchases maintained by a purchasing application on behalf of the user
  • the system includes the pen's current selection 826 in a selection hyperlink activation
  • the system includes the content of the associated form instance 868 in a form hyperlink activation, although if the hyperlink has its "submit delta" attnbute set, only input since the last form submission is included
  • the system includes an effective return path in all hyperlink activations
  • a hyperhnked group 866 is a group element 838 which has an associated hyperlink, as shown in Figure 31 When input occurs through any field element in the group, the hyperlink 844 associated with the group is activated
  • a hyperhnked group can be used to associate hyperlink behavior with a field such as a checkbox It can also be used, in conjunction with the "submit delta" attnbute of a form hyperlink, to provide continuous input to an application It can therefore be used to support a "blackboard" interaction model, l e where input is captured and therefore shared as soon as it occurs
  • a form defines a collection of related input fields used to capture a related set of inputs through a pnnted netpage
  • a form allows a user to submit one or more parameters to an application software program running on a server
  • a form 867 is a group element 838 in the document hierarchy It ultimately contains a set of terminal field elements 839
  • a form instance 868 represents a p ⁇ nted instance of a form It consists of a set of field instances 870 which conespond to the field elements 845 of the form
  • Each field instance has an associated value 871, whose type depends on the type of the co ⁇ esponding field element
  • Each field value records input through a particular p ⁇ nted form instance, I e through one or more p ⁇ nted netpages
  • the form class diagram is shown in Figure 32
  • Each form instance has a status 872 which indicates whether the form is active, frozen, submitted, void or expired A form is active when first p ⁇ nted A form becomes frozen once it is signed
  • Each form instance is associated (at 59) with any form instances de ⁇ ved from it, thus providing a version history This allows all but the latest version of a form in a particular time pe ⁇ od to be excluded from a search
  • Digital ink 873 consists of a set of timestamped stroke groups 874, each of which consists of a set of styled strokes 875 Each stroke consists of a set of timestamped pen positions 876, each of which also includes pen o ⁇ entation and nib force
  • the digital ink class diagram is shown m Figure 33
  • a field element 845 can be a checkbox field 877, a text field 878, a drawing field 879, or a signature field 880
  • the field element class diagram is shown in Figure 34 Any digital ink captured in a field's zone 58 is assigned to the field
  • a checkbox field has an associated boolean value 881, as shown in Figure 35 Any mark (a tick, a cross, a stroke, a fill zigzag, etc ) captured in a checkbox field's zone causes a true value to be assigned to the field's value
  • a text field has an associated text value 882, as shown in Figure 36 Any digital ink captured in a text field's zone is automatically converted to text via online handw ⁇ ting recognition, and the text is assigned to the field's value
  • a signature field has an associated digital signature value 883, as shown in Figure 37
  • Any digital ink captured in a signature field's zone is automatically venfied with respect to the identity of the owner of the pen, and a digital signature of the content of the form of which the field is part is generated and assigned to the field's value
  • the digital signature is generated using the pen user's p ⁇ vate signature key specific to the application which owns the form Online signature ve ⁇ fication is well-understood (see, for example, Plamondon, R and G Lorette, "Automatic Signature Venfication and W ⁇ ter Identification - The State of the Art", Pattern Recognition, Vol 22, No 2, 1989, the contents of which are herein incorporated by cross-reference)
  • a field element is hidden if its "hidden" attnbute is set
  • a hidden field element does not have an input zone on a page and does not accept input It can have an associated field value which is included m the form data when the form containing the field is submitted
  • Digital ink as already stated, consists of a sequence of strokes Any stroke which starts in a particular element's zone is appended to that element's digital ink stream, ready for interpretation Any stroke not appended to an object's digital ink stream is appended to the background field's digital ink stream
  • the system maintains a cu ⁇ ent selection for each pen
  • the selection consists simply of the most recent stroke captured in the background field
  • the selection is cleared after an inactivity timeout to ensure predictable behavior
  • the raw digital ink captured in every field is retained on the netpage page server and is optionally transmitted with the form data when the form is submitted to the application.
  • the entire background area of a form can be designated as a drawing field
  • the application can then decide on the basis of the presence of digital ink outside the explicit fields of the form, to route the form to a human operator, on the assumption that the user may have indicated amendments to the filled-m fields outside of those fields
  • Figure 38 shows a flowchart of the process of handling pen input relative to a netpage
  • the process consists of receiving (at 884) a stroke from the pen, identifying (at 885) the page instance 830 to which the page ID 50 in the stroke refers, ret ⁇ eving (at 886) the page descnption 5, identifying (at 887) a formatted element 839 whose zone 58 the stroke intersects, determining (at 888) whether the formatted element co ⁇ esponds to a field element, and if so appending (at 892) the received stroke to the digital ink of the field value 871 , interpreting (at 893) the accumulated digital ink of the field, and determining (at 894) whether the field is part of a hyperhnked group 866 and if so activating (at 895) the associated hyperlink, alternatively determining (at 889) whether the formatted element co ⁇ esponds to a hyperlink element and if so activating (at 895) the corresponding hyperlink
  • Figure 38a shows a detailed flowchart of step 893 in the process shown m Figure 38, where the accumulated digital ink of a field is inte ⁇ reted according to the type of the field
  • the process consists of determining (at 896) whether the field is a checkbox and (at 897) whether the digital ink represents a checkmark, and if so assigning (at 898) a true value to the field value, alternatively determining (at 899) whether the field is a text field and if so converting (at 900) the digital ink to computer text, with the help of the appropnate registration server, and assigning (at 901) the converted computer text to the field value, alternatively determining (at 902) whether the field is a signature field and if so ve ⁇ fymg (at 903) the digital ink as the signature of the pen's owner, with the help of the approp ⁇ ate registration server, creating (at 904) a digital signature of the contents of the corresponding form, also with the help of the registration
  • a page server command is a command which is handled locally by the page server It operates directly on form, page and document instances
  • a page server command 907 can be a void form command 908, a duplicate form command 909, a reset form - 19 - command 910, a get form status command 911, a duplicate page command 912, a reset page command 913, a get page status command 914, a duplicate document command 915, a reset document command 916, or a get document status command 917, as shown in Figure 39
  • a void form command voids the corresponding form instance
  • a duplicate form command voids the co ⁇ esponding form instance and then produces an active p ⁇ nted copy of the cu ⁇ ent form instance with field values preserved The copy contains the same hyperlink transaction IDs as the o ⁇ ginal, and so is indistinguishable from the o ⁇ ginal to an application
  • a reset form command voids the co ⁇ esponding form instance and then produces an active p ⁇ nted copy of the form instance with field values discarded
  • a get form status command produces a p ⁇ nted report on the status of the co ⁇ esponding form instance, including who published it, when it was pnnted, for whom it was p ⁇ nted, and the form status of the form instance
  • a duplicate page command produces a pnnted copy of the co ⁇ esponding page instance with the background field value preserved If the page contains a form or is part of a form, then the duplicate page command is inte ⁇ reted as a duplicate form command A reset page command produces a p ⁇ nted copy of the co ⁇ esponding page instance with the background field value discarded If the page contains a form or is part of a form, then the reset page command is inte ⁇ reted as a reset form command A get page status command produces a p ⁇ nted report on the status of the co ⁇ esponding page instance, including who published it, when it was p ⁇ nted, for whom it was pnnted, and the status of any forms it contains or is part of The netpage logo which appears on every netpage is usually associated with a duplicate page element
  • a duplicate document command produces a p ⁇ nted copy of the co ⁇ esponding document instance with background field values preserved If the document contains any forms, then the duplicate document command duplicates the forms in the same way a duplicate form command does A reset document command produces a pnnted copy of the co ⁇ espondmg document instance with background field values discarded If the document contains any forms, then the reset document command resets the forms in the same way a reset form command does A get document status command produces a p ⁇ nted report on the status of the co ⁇ esponding document instance, including who published it, when it was p ⁇ nted, for whom it was p ⁇ nted, and the status of any forms it
  • the command operates on the page identified by the pen's cu ⁇ ent selection rather than on the page containing the command This allows a menu of page server commands to be p ⁇ nted If the target page doesn't contain a page server command element for the designated page server command, then the command is ignored
  • An application can provide application-specific handling by embedding the relevant page server command element in a hyperhnked group
  • the page server activates the hyperlink associated with the hyperhnked group rather than executing the page server command
  • a page server command element is hidden if its "hidden" attnbute is set A hidden command element does not have an input zone on a page and so cannot be activated directly by a user It can, however, be activated via a page server command embedded in a different page, if that page server command has its "on selected” attnbute set 1.8 STANDARD FEATURES OF NETPAGES
  • each netpage is p ⁇ nted with the netpage logo at the bottom to indicate that it is a netpage and therefore has interactive properties
  • the logo also acts as a copy button In most cases pressing the logo - 20 - produces a copy of the page In the case of a form, the button produces a copy of the entire form And in the case of a secure document, such as a ticket or coupon, the button elicits an explanatory note or advertising page
  • the netpage p ⁇ nter has a single button labelled "Help" When pressed it elicits a single page of information, including
  • the help menu provides a hierarchical manual on how to use the netpage system
  • the document function menu includes the following functions â€ĸ p ⁇ nt a copy of a document
  • a document function is initiated by simply pressing the button and then touching any page of the document
  • the status of a document indicates who published it and when, to whom it was delivered, and to whom and when it was subsequently submitted as a form
  • the netpage network directory allows the user to navigate the hierarchy of publications and services on the network
  • the user can call the netpage network "900" number "yellow pages” and speak to a human operator
  • the operator can locate the desired document and route it to the user's p ⁇ nter
  • the publisher or the user pays the small "yellow pages” service fee
  • the help page is obviously unavailable if the p ⁇ nter is unable to pnnt
  • the "e ⁇ or" light is lit and the user can request remote diagnosis over the network 2 PERSONALIZED PUBLICATION MODEL
  • news is used as a canonical publication example to illustrate personalization mechanisms in the netpage system
  • news is often used in the limited sense of newspaper and newsmagazine news, the intended scope in the present context is wider
  • the edito ⁇ al content and the advertising content of a news publication are personalized using different mechanisms
  • the editonal content is personalized according to the reader's explicitly stated and implicitly captured interest profile
  • the advertising content is personalized according to the reader's locality and demographic 2.1 EDITORIAL PERSONALIZATION
  • a subsc ⁇ ber can draw on two kinds of news sources those that deliver news publications, and those that deliver news streams While news publications are aggregated and edited by the publisher, news streams are aggregated either by a news publisher or by a specialized news aggregator
  • News publications typically correspond to traditional newspapers and newsmagazines, while news streams can be many and va ⁇ ed a "raw" news feed from a news service, a cartoon st ⁇ p, a freelance wnter's column, a friend's bulletin board, or the reader's own e-mail
  • the netpage publication server supports the publication of edited news publications as well as the aggregation of multiple news streams By handling the aggregation and hence the formatting of news streams selected directly by the
  • the subscnber builds a daily newspaper by selecting one or more contnbuting news publications, and - 21 - creating a personalized version of each
  • the resulting daily editions are pnnted and bound together into a single newspaper
  • the vanous members of a household typically express their different interests and tastes by selecting different daily publications and then customizing them
  • Custom sections might be created for e-mail and friends' announcements ("Personal"), or for momtonng news feeds for specific topics ("Alerts" or "Clippings")
  • the reader optionally specifies its size, either qualitatively (e g short, medium, or long), or nume ⁇ cally (I e as a limit on its number of pages), and the desired proportion of advertising, either qualitatively (e g high, normal, low, none), or nume ⁇ cally (I e as a percentage)
  • the reader also optionally expresses a preference for a large number of shorter articles or a small number of longer articles Each article is ideally w ⁇ tten (or edited) in both short and long forms to support this preference
  • An article may also be wntten (or edited) m different versions to match the expected sophistication of the reader, for example to provide children's and adults' versions
  • the approp ⁇ ate version is selected according to the reader's age
  • the reader can specify a "reading age" which takes precedence over their biological age
  • each section is selected and p ⁇ ontized by the editors, and each is assigned a useful lifetime By default they are delivered to all relevant subsc ⁇ bers, m p ⁇ o ⁇ ty order, subject to space constraints in the subscnbers' ediUons
  • the reader may optionally enable collaborative filte ⁇ ng This is then applied to articles which have a sufficiently long lifetime
  • Each article which qualifies for collaborative filte ⁇ ng is p ⁇ nted with rating buttons at the end of the article
  • the buttons can provide an easy choice (e g "liked” and "disliked'), making it more likely that readers will bother to rate the article
  • the reader optionally specifies a serendipity factor, either qualitatively (e g do or don't s pnse me), or numencally
  • a serendipity factor lowers the threshold used for matching du ⁇ ng collaborative filte ⁇ ng
  • a high factor makes it more likely that the co ⁇ esponding section will be filled to the reader's specified capacity
  • a different serendipity factor can be specified for different days of the week
  • the reader also optionally specifies topics of particular interest within a section, and this modifies the p ⁇ o ⁇ ties assigned by the editors
  • the speed of the reader's Internet connection affects the quality at which images can be delivered
  • the reader optionally specifies a preference for fewer images or smaller images or both If the number or size of images is not reduced, then images may be delivered at lower quality (I e at lower resolution or with greater compression)
  • the reader specifies how quantities, dates, times and monetary values are localized This involves specifying whether units are impe ⁇ al or met ⁇ c, a local timezone and time format, and a local cu ⁇ ency, and whether the localization consist of in situ translation or annotation These preferences are de ⁇ ved from the reader's locality by default
  • the reader optionally specifies a global preference for a larger presentation Both text and images are scaled accordingly, and less information is accommodated on each page
  • the language m which a news publication is published, and its corresponding text encoding, is a property of the publication and not a preference expressed by the user
  • the netpage system can be configured to provide - 22 - automatic translation services in vanous guises
  • Effective advertising is placed on the basis of locality and demographics
  • Locality determines proximity to particular services, retailers etc , and particular interests and concerns associated with the local community and environment
  • Demographics determine general interests and preoccupations as well as likely spending patterns
  • a news publisher's most profitable product is advertising "space", a multi-dimensional entity determined by the publication's geographic coverage, the size of its readership, its readership demographics, and the page area available for advertising
  • the netpage publication server computes the approximate multi-dimensional size of a publication's saleable advertising space on a per-section basis, taking into account the publication's geographic coverage, the section's readership, the size of each reader's section edition, each reader's advertising proportion, and each reader's demographic
  • the netpage system allows the advertising space to be defined m greater detail, and allows smaller pieces of it to be sold separately It therefore allows it to be sold at closer to its true value
  • the same advertising "slot" can be sold in varying proportions to several advertisers, with individual readers' pages randomly receiving the advertisement of one advertiser or another, overall preserving the proportion of space sold to each advertiser.
  • the netpage system allows advertising to be linked directly to detailed product information and online purchasing It therefore raises the int ⁇ nsic value of the advertising space.
  • an advertising aggregator can provide arbitranly broad coverage of both geography and demographics
  • the subsequent disaggregation is efficient because it is automatic This makes it more cost-effective for publishers to deal with advertising aggregators than to directly capture advertising Even though the advertising aggregator is taking a proportion of advertising revenue, publishers may find the change profit-neutral because of the greater efficiency of aggregation
  • the advertising aggregator acts as an intermediary between advertisers and publishers, and may place the same advertisement in multiple publications
  • ad placement in a netpage publication can be more complex than ad placement in the publication's traditional counte ⁇ art, because the publication's advertising space is more complex While igno ⁇ ng the full complexities of negotiations between advertisers, advertising aggregators and publishers, the preferred form of the netpage system provides some automated support for these negotiations, including support for automated auctions of advertising space Automation is particularly desirable for the placement of advertisements which generate small amounts of income, such as small or highly localized advertisements
  • the aggregator captures and edits the advertisement and records it on a netpage ad server Co ⁇ espondingly, the publisher records the ad placement on the relevant netpage publication server When the netpage publication server lays out each user's personalized publication, it picks the relevant advertisements from the netpage ad server.
  • a collaborative filte ⁇ ng vector consists of the user's ratings of a number of news items It is used to co ⁇ elate different users' interests for the pu ⁇ oses of making recommendations
  • Presentation preferences including those for quantities, dates and times, are likewise global and maintained
  • the localization of advertising relies on the locality indicated in the user's contact details, while the targeting of advertising relies on personal information such as date of birth, gender, mantal status, income, profession, education, or qualitative de ⁇ vatives such as age range and income range
  • Each user, pen, p ⁇ nter, application provider and application is assigned its own unique identifier, and the netpage registration server maintains the relationships between them, as shown in Figures 21, 22, 23 and 24
  • a publisher is a special kind of application provider
  • a publication is a special kind of application
  • Each user 800 may be autho ⁇ zed to use any number of p ⁇ nters 802, and each p ⁇ nter may allow any number of users to use it
  • Each user has a single default p ⁇ nter (at 66), to which pe ⁇ odical publications are delivered by default, whilst pages pnnted on demand are delivered to the pnnter through which the user is interacting
  • the server keeps track of which publishers a user has autho ⁇ zed to p ⁇ nt to the user's default p ⁇ nter
  • a publisher does not record the ID of any particular pnnter, but instead resolves the ID when it is required
  • the publisher 806 (I e application provider 803) is autho ⁇ zed to p ⁇ nt to a specified pnnter or the user's default p ⁇ nter This autho ⁇ zation can be revoked at any time by the user
  • Each user may have several pens 801, but a pen is specific to a single user If a user is autho ⁇ zed to use a particular p ⁇ nter, then that pnnter recognizes any of the user's pens
  • the pen ID is used to locate the conespond g user profile maintained by a particular netpage registration server, via the DNS the usual way
  • a Web terminal 809 can be autho ⁇ zed to p ⁇ nt on a particular netpage pnnter, allowing Web pages and netpage documents encountered du ⁇ ng Web browsing to be conveniently p ⁇ nted on the nearest netpage pnnter
  • the netpage system can collect, on behalf of a p ⁇ nter provider, fees and commissions on income earned through publications p ⁇ nted on the provider's p ⁇ nters Such income can include advertising fees, click-through fees, e- commerce commissions, and transaction fees If the p ⁇ nter is owned by the user, then the user is the p ⁇ nter provider
  • Each user also has a netpage account 820 which is used to accumulate micro-debits and credits (such as those - 24 - desc ⁇ bed m the preceding paragraph), contact details 815, including name, address and telephone numbers, global preferences 816, including pnvacy, delivery and localization settings, any number of biomet ⁇ c records 817, containing the user's encoded signature 818, finge ⁇ nt 819 etc, a handwriting model 819 automatically maintained by the system, and SET payment card accounts 821 with which e-commerce payments can be made 2.3.2 Favorites List
  • a netpage user can maintain a list 922 of "favo ⁇ tes" - links to useful documents etc on the netpage network
  • the list is maintained by the system on the user's behalf It is organized as a hierarchy of folders 924, a preferrred embodiment of which is shown in the class diagram in Figure 41 2.
  • History List The system maintains a history list 929 on each user's behalf, containing links to documents etc accessed by the user through the netpage system It is organized as a date-ordered list, a prefe ⁇ ed embodiment of which is shown in the class diagram Figure 42
  • the netpage publication server automatically lays out the pages of each user's personalized publication on a section-by-section basis Since most advertisements are the form of pre-formatted rectangles, they are placed on the page before the edito ⁇ al content
  • the advertising ratio for a section can be achieved with wildly varying advertising ratios on individual pages within the section, and the ad layout algo ⁇ thm exploits this
  • the algo ⁇ thm is configured to attempt to co-locate closely tied editonal and advertising content, such as placing ads for roofing mate ⁇ al specifically within the publication because of a special feature on do-it-yourself roofing repairs
  • the edito ⁇ al content selected for the user including text and associated images and graphics, is then laid out according to vanous aesthetic rules
  • section size preference can, however, be matched on average over time, allowing significant day-to-day vanations
  • the p ⁇ mary efficiency mechanism is the separation of information specific to a single user's edition and information shared between multiple users' editions
  • the specific information consists of the page layout
  • the shared information consists of the objects to which the page layout refers, including images, graphics, and pieces of text
  • a text object contains fully-formatted text represented in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) using the Extensible Stylesheet Language (XSL) XSL provides precise control over text formatting independently of the region into which the text is being set, which in this case is being provided by the layout
  • the text object contains embedded language codes to enable automatic translation, and embedded hyphenation hints to aid with paragraph formatting
  • An image object encodes an image m the JPEG 2000 wavelet-based compressed image format
  • a graphic object encodes a 2D graphic in Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) format
  • the layout itself consists of a se ⁇ es of placed image and graphic objects, linked textflow ob j ects through which text objects flow, hyperlinks and input fields as descnbed above, and watermark regions
  • These layout ob j ects are summa ⁇ zed in Table 3
  • the layout uses a compact format suitable for efficient distnbution and storage
  • the netpage publication server allocates, with the help of the netpage ID server 12, a unique ID for each page, page instance, document, and document instance
  • the server computes a set of optimized subsets of the shared content and creates a multicast channel for each subset, and then tags each user-specific layout with the names of the multicast channels which will carry the shared content used by that layout
  • the server then pointcasts each user's layouts to that user's p ⁇ nter via the approp ⁇ ate page server, and when the pointcasting is complete, multicasts the shared content on the specified channels
  • each page server and p ⁇ nter subscnbes to the multicast channels specified in the page layouts Du ⁇ ng the multicasts
  • each page server and pnnter extracts from the multicast streams those objects refe ⁇ ed to by its page layouts
  • the page servers persistently archive the received page layouts and shared content
  • the p ⁇ nter re-creates the fully- populated layout and then raste ⁇ zes and pnnts it
  • the p ⁇ nter p ⁇ nts pages faster than they can be delivered Assuming a quarter of each page is covered with images, the average page has a size of less than 400KB The p ⁇ nter can therefore hold in excess of 100 such pages in its internal 64MB memory, allowing for temporary buffers etc
  • the pnnter p ⁇ nts at a rate of one page per second This is equivalent to 400KB or about 3Mbit of page data per second, which is similar to the highest expected rate of page data delivery over a broadband network
  • the netpage publication server therefore allows p ⁇ nters to submit requests for re-multicasts When a c ⁇ tical number of requests is received or a timeout occurs, the server re-multicasts the co ⁇ esponding shared objects
  • a p ⁇ nter can produce an exact duplicate at any time by retrieving its page layouts and contents from the relevant page server - 26 -
  • netpage formatting server When a netpage document is requested on demand, it can be personalized and delivered m much the same way as a pe ⁇ odical However, since there is no shared content, delivery is made directly to the requesting pnnter without the use of multicast
  • a non-netpage document When a non-netpage document is requested on demand, it is not personalized, and it is delivered via a designated netpage formatting server which reformats it as a netpage document
  • a netpage formatting server is a special instance of a netpage publication server
  • the netpage formatting server has knowledge of vanous Internet document formats, including Adobe's Portable Document Format (PDF), and Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) In the case of HTML, it can make use of the higher resolution of the p ⁇ nted page to present Web pages in a multi-column format, with a table of contents It can automatically include all Web pages directly linked to the requested page The user can tune this behavior via a preference
  • PDF Adobe's Portable Document Format
  • HTML Hypertext Markup Language
  • the netpage formatting server makes standard netpage behavior, including interactivity and persistence, available on any Internet document, no matter what its o ⁇ gin and format It hides knowledge of different document formats from both the netpage p ⁇ nter and the netpage page server, and hides knowledge of the netpage system from Web servers
  • Cryptography is used to protect sensitive information, both in storage and m transit, and to authenticate parties to a transaction
  • the netpage network uses both classes of cryptography
  • Secret-key cryptography also refe ⁇ ed to as symmetric cryptography, uses the same key to encrypt and decrypt a message Two parties wishing to exchange messages must first arrange to securely exchange the secret key
  • Public-key cryptography also refe ⁇ ed to as asymmet ⁇ c cryptography, uses two encryption keys The two keys are mathematically related in such a way that any message encrypted using one key can only be decrypted using the other key One of these keys is then published, while the other is kept pnvate
  • the public key is used to encrypt any message intended for the holder of the pnvate key Once encrypted using the public key, a message can only be decrypted using the pnvate key
  • two parties can securely exchange messages without first having to exchange a secret key To ensure that the pnvate key is secure, it is normal for the holder of the pnvate key to generate the key pair
  • Public-key cryptography can be used to create a digital signature
  • the holder of the pnvate key can create a known hash of a message and then encrypt the hash using the pnvate key
  • anyone can then venfy that the encrypted hash constitutes the "signature" of the holder of the pnvate key with respect to that particular message by decrypting the encrypted hash using the public key and venfying the hash against the message
  • the signature is appended to the message, then the recipient of the message can venfy both that the message is genuine and that it has not been altered in transit
  • To make public-key cryptography work there has to be a way to dist ⁇ bute public keys which prevents impersonation This is normally done using certificates and certificate autho ⁇ ties
  • a certificate authonty is a trusted third party which authenticates the connection between a public key and someone's identity The certificate authonty venfies the person's identity by examining identity documents, and then creates and signs
  • Each netpage p ⁇ nter is assigned a pair of unique identifiers at time of manufacture which are stored in readonly memory in the p ⁇ nter and m the netpage registration server database
  • the first ID 62 is public and uniquely identifies the pnnter on the netpage network
  • the second ID is secret and is used when the pnnter is first registered on the network
  • the pnnter connects to the netpage network for the first time after installation, it creates a signature public/pnvate key pair It transmits the secret ID and the public key securely to the netpage registration server
  • the server compares the secret ID against the pnnter' s secret ID recorded in its database, and accepts the registration if the IDs match It then creates and signs a certificate containing the pnnter' s public ID and public signature key, and stores the certificate in the registration database
  • the netpage registration server acts as a certificate authonty for netpage p ⁇ nters, since it has access to secret information allowing it to venfy p ⁇ nter identity
  • a record is created in the netpage registration server database authonzing the publisher to pnnt the publication to the user's default p ⁇ nter or a specified p ⁇ nter
  • Every document sent to a p ⁇ nter via a page server is addressed to a particular user and is signed by the publisher using the publisher's pnvate signature key
  • the page server ve ⁇ fies, via the registration database, that the publisher is autho ⁇ zed to deliver the publication to the specified user
  • the page server ve ⁇ fies the signature using the publisher's public key, obtained from the publisher's certificate stored m the registration database
  • the netpage registration server accepts requests to add pnnting autho ⁇ zations to the database, so long as those requests are initiated via a pen registered to the pnnter 3.3 NETPAGE PEN SECURITY
  • Each netpage pen is assigned a unique identifier at time of manufacture which is stored in read-only memory in the pen and in the netpage registration server database
  • the pen ID 61 uniquely identifies the pen on the netpage network
  • a netpage pen can "know” a number of netpage p ⁇ nters, and a p ⁇ nter can "know” a number of pens
  • a pen communicates with a p ⁇ nter via a radio frequency signal whenever it is within range of the p ⁇ nter
  • a pen stores a session key for every p ⁇ nter it knows, indexed by p ⁇ nter ID, and a p ⁇ nter stores a session key for every pen it knows, indexed by pen ID Both have a large but finite storage capacity for session keys, and will forget a session key on a least-recently-used basis if necessary
  • the pen and pnnter discover whether they know each other If they don't know each other, then the p ⁇ nter determines whether it is supposed to know the pen This might be, for example, because the pen belongs to a user who is registered to use the pnnter If the pnnter is meant to know the pen but doesn't, then it initiates the automatic pen registration procedure If the p ⁇ nter isn't meant to know the pen, then it agrees with the pen to ignore it until the pen is placed in a charging cup, at which time it initiates the registration procedure
  • the pen contains a secret
  • the pen uses secret-key rather than public-key encryption because of hardware performance constraints in the pen
  • the netpage system supports the delivery of secure documents such as tickets and coupons
  • the netpage p ⁇ nter includes a facility to p ⁇ nt watermarks, but will only do so on request from publishers who are suitably autho ⁇ zed
  • the publisher indicates its authonty to p ⁇ nt watermarks in its certificate, which the p ⁇ nter is able to authenticate
  • the "watermark" p ⁇ nting process uses an alternative dither mat ⁇ x in specified "watermark" regions of the page Back-to-back pages contain minor-image watermark regions which coincide when p ⁇ nted
  • the dither matnces used in odd and even pages' watermark regions are designed to produce an interference effect when the regions are viewed together, achieved by looking through the p ⁇ nted sheet
  • the effect is similar to a watermark in that it is not visible when looking at only one side of the page, and is lost when the page is copied by normal means
  • Secure documents are typically generated as part of e-commerce transactions They can therefore include the user's photograph which was captured when the user registered biomet ⁇ c information with the netpage registration server, as desc ⁇ bed in Section 2
  • a secure document ve ⁇ fication pen can be developed with built-in feedback on ve ⁇ fication failure, to support easy point-of-presentation document ve ⁇ fication
  • the netpage system uses the Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) system as one of its payment systems SET, having been developed by MasterCard and Visa, is organized around payment cards, and this is reflected in the terminology However, much of the system is independent of the type of accounts being used
  • SET Secure Electronic Transaction
  • the netpage registration server acts as a proxy for the netpage user (I e the cardholder) in SET payment transactions
  • the netpage system uses biomet ⁇ cs to authenticate the user and autho ⁇ ze SET payments Because the system is pen-based, the biometnc used is the user's on-line signature, consisting of time- varying pen position and pressure
  • a finge ⁇ nt biomet ⁇ c can also be used by designing a fmge ⁇ nt sensor into the pen, although at a higher cost
  • the type of biomet ⁇ c used only affects the capture of the biometnc, not the authonzation aspects of the system
  • the first step to being able to make SET payments is to register the user's biomet ⁇ c with the netpage registration server This is done in a controlled environment, for example a bank, where the biometnc can be captured at the same time as the user's identity is ve ⁇ fied
  • the biometnc is captured and stored in the registration database, linked to the user's record
  • the user's photograph is also optionally captured and linked to the record
  • the SET cardholder registration process is completed, and the resulting pnvate signature key and certificate are stored in the database
  • the user's payment card information is also stored, giving the netpage registration server enough information to act as the user' s proxy in any SET payment transaction
  • the p ⁇ nter securely transmits the order information, the pen ID and the biometnc data to the netpage registration server
  • the server venfies the biometnc with respect to the user identified by the pen ID, and from then on acts as the user's proxy in completing the SET payment transaction 4.3 MICRO-PAYMENTS
  • the netpage system includes a mechanism for micro-payments, to allow the user to be conveniently charged for p ⁇ nting low-cost documents on demand and for copying copy ⁇ ght documents, and possibly also to allow the user to be reimbursed for expenses mcu ⁇ ed in p ⁇ nting advertising matenal The latter depends on the level of subsidy already provided to the user When the user registers for e-commerce, a network account is established which aggregates micro-payments
  • the user receives a statement on a regular basis, and can settle any outstanding debit balance using the standard payment mechanism
  • the network account can be extended to aggregate subsc ⁇ ption fees for penodicals, which would also otherwise be presented to the user in the form of individual statements 4.4 TRANSACTIONS
  • the application When a user requests a netpage in a particular application context, the application is able to embed a user-specific transaction ID 55 in the page Subsequent input through the page is tagged with the transaction ID, and the application is thereby able to establish an approp ⁇ ate context for the user's input
  • the netpage registration server instead maintains an anonymous relationship between a user and an - 30 - apphcation via a unique alias ID 65, as shown in Figure 24 Whenever the user activates a hyperlink tagged with the "registered" attnbute, the netpage page server asks the netpage registration server to translate the associated application ID 64, together with the pen ID 61, into an alias ID 65 The alias ID is then submitted to the hyperlink's application
  • the application maintains state information indexed by alias ID, and is able to ret ⁇ eve user-specific state information without knowledge of the global identity of the user
  • the system also maintains an independent certificate and pnvate signature key for each of a user's applications, to allow it to sign application transactions on behalf of the user using only application-specific information
  • the system records a favo ⁇ te application on behalf of the user for any number of product types
  • Each application is associated with an application provider, and the system maintains an account on behalf of each application provider, to allow it to credit and debit the provider for click-through fees etc
  • An application provider can be a publisher of pe ⁇ odical subscnbed content
  • the system records the user's willingness to receive the subscnbed publication, as well as the expected frequency of publication 4.5 RESOURCE DESCRIPTIONS AND COPYRIGHT
  • Figure 40 A prefe ⁇ ed embodiment of a resource desc ⁇ ption class diagram is shown in Figure 40
  • Each document and content object may be desc ⁇ bed by one or more resource descnptions 842
  • Resource desc ⁇ ptions use the Dublin Core metadata element set, which is designed to facilitate discovery of electronic resources Dublin Core metadata conforms to the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Resource Desc ⁇ ption Framework (RDF)
  • W3C World Wide Web Consortium
  • RDF Resource Desc ⁇ ption Framework
  • a resource desc ⁇ ption may identify ⁇ ghts holders 920
  • the netpage system automatically transfers copy ⁇ ght fees from users to ⁇ ghts holders when users p ⁇ nt copy ⁇ ght content 5 COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS
  • a communications protocol defines an ordered exchange of messages between entities
  • entities such as pens, pnnters and servers utilise a set of defined protocols to cooperatively handle user interaction with the netpage system
  • Each protocol is illustrated by way of a sequence diagram in which the ho ⁇ zontal dimension is used to represent message flow and the vertical dimension is used to represent time
  • Each entity is represented by a rectangle containing the name of the entity and a vertical column representing the lifeline of the entity Du ⁇ ng the time an entity exists, the lifeline is shown as a dashed line Du ⁇ ng the time an entity is active, the lifeline is shown as a double line
  • the protocols considered here do not create or destroy entities, lifelines are generally cut short as soon as an entity ceases to participate in a protocol
  • a large number of users may subscnbe to a pe ⁇ odical publication
  • Each user's edition may be laid out differently, but many users' editions will share common content such as text objects and image objects
  • the subsc ⁇ ption delivery protocol therefore delivers document structures to individual p ⁇ nters via pomtcast, but delivers shared content objects via multicast
  • the application (l e publisher) first obtains a document ID 51 for each document from an ID server 12 It then sends each document structure, including its document ID and page desc ⁇ ptions, to the page server 10 responsible for the document's newly allocated ID It includes its own application ID 64, the subscnber's alias ID 65, and the relevant set of multicast channel names It signs the message using its pnvate signature key
  • the page server uses the application ID and alias ID to obtain from the registration server the co ⁇ esponding user ID 60, the user's selected pnnter ID 62 (which may be explicitly selected for the application, or may be the user's default p ⁇ nter), and the application's certificate
  • the application's certificate allows the page server to venfy the message signature
  • the page server's request - 31 - to the registration server fails if the application ID and alias ID don't together identify a subsc ⁇ ption 808
  • the page server then allocates document and page instance IDs and forwards the page descnptions, including page IDs 50, to the p ⁇ nter It includes the relevant set of multicast channel names for the p ⁇ nter to listen to It then returns the newly allocated page IDs to the application for future reference
  • the application has dist ⁇ ubbed all of the document structures to the subscnbers' selected pnnters via the relevant page servers, it multicasts the vanous subsets of the shared objects on the previously selected multicast channels
  • Both page servers and p ⁇ nters monitor the approp ⁇ ate multicast channels and receive their required content objects They are then able to populate the previously pomtcast document structures This allows the page servers to add complete documents to their databases, and it allows the p ⁇ nters to pnnt the documents 5.2 HYPERLINK ACTIVATION PROTOCOL
  • the pen When a user clicks on a netpage with a netpage pen, the pen communicates the click to the nearest netpage p ⁇ nter 601 The click identifies the page and a location on the page The p ⁇ nter already knows the ID 61 of the pen from the pen connection protocol The p ⁇ nter determines, via the DNS, the network address of the page server 10a handling the particular page
  • the address may already be in its cache if the user has recently interacted with the same page
  • the pnnter then forwards the pen ID, its own pnnter ID 62, the page ID and click location to the page server
  • the page server loads the page desc ⁇ ption 5 identified by the page ID and determines which input element's zone 58, if any, the click lies in Assuming the relevant input element is a hyperlink element 844, the page server then obtains the associated application ID 64 and link ID 54, and determines, via the DNS, the network address of the application server hosting the application 71
  • the page server uses the pen ID 61 to obtain the conespondmg user ID 60 from the registration server 11, and then allocates a globally unique hyperlink request ID 52 and builds a hyperlink request 934
  • the hyperlink request class diagram is shown m Figure 44
  • the hyperlink request records the IDs of the requesting user and p ⁇ nter, and identifies the clicked hyperlink instance 862
  • the page server then sends its own server ID 53, the hyperlink request ID, and the link ID to the application
  • the application produces a response document according to application-specific logic, and obtains a document ID 51 from an ID server 12 It then sends the document to the page server 10b responsible for the document's newly allocated ID, together with the requesting page server's ID and the hyperlink request ID
  • the second page server sends the hyperlink request ID and application ID to the first page server to obtain the corresponding user ID and p ⁇ nter ID 62
  • the first page server rejects the request if the hyperlink request has expired or is for a different application
  • the second page server allocates document instance and page IDs 50, returns the newly allocated page IDs to the application, adds the complete document to its own database, and finally sends the page descnptions to the requesting p ⁇ nter
  • the hyperlink instance may include a meaningful transaction ID 55, in which case the first page server includes the transaction ID in the message sent to the application This allows the application to establish a transaction- specific context for the hyperlink activation
  • the first page server sends both the pen ID 61 and the hyperlink's application ID 64 to the registration server 11 to obtain not just the user ID co ⁇ esponding to the pen ID but also the alias ID 65 co ⁇ esponding to the application ID and the user ID It includes the alias ID in the message sent to the application, allowing the application to establish a user-specific context for the hyperlink activation - 32 -
  • the pen When a user draws a stroke on a netpage with a netpage pen, the pen communicates the stroke to the nearest netpage p ⁇ nter The stroke identifies the page and a path on the page
  • the pnnter forwards the pen ID 61, its own p ⁇ nter ID 62, the page ID 50 and stroke path to the page server 10 in the usual way
  • the page server loads the page desc ⁇ ption 5 identified by the page ID and determines which input element's zone 58, if any, the stroke intersects Assuming the relevant input element is a text field 878, the page server appends the stroke to the text field's digital ink
  • the page server After a penod of inactivity in the zone of the text field, the page server sends the pen ID and the pending strokes to the registration server 11 for te ⁇ retation
  • the registration server identifies the user co ⁇ esponding to the pen, and uses the user's accumulated handwriting model 822 to mte ⁇ ret the strokes as handw ⁇ tten text
  • the registration server returns the text to the requesting page server
  • the page server appends the text to the text value of the text field
  • the page server After a penod of inactivity m the zone of the signature field, the page server sends the pen ID 61 and the pending strokes to the registration server 11 for venfication It also sends the application ID 64 associated with the form of which the signature field is part, as well as the form ID 56 and the cu ⁇ ent data content of the form
  • the registration server identifies the user corresponding to the pen, and uses the user's dynamic signature biometnc 818 to venfy the strokes as the user's signature
  • the registration server uses the application ID 64 and user ID 60 to identify the user's application-specific pnvate signature key It then uses the key to generate a digital signature of the form data, and returns the digital signature to the requesting page server
  • the page server assigns the digital signature to the signature field and sets the associated form's status to frozen
  • the digital signature includes the alias ID 65 of the co ⁇ esponding user This allows a single form to capture multiple users' signatures
  • the application 71 also contains the form ID 56 and the cu ⁇ ent data content of the form If the form contains any signature fields, then the application ve ⁇ fies each one by extracting the alias ID 65 associated with the corresponding digital signature and obtaining the corresponding certificate from the registration server 11 5.6 COMMISSION PAYMENT PROTOCOL
  • fees and commissions may be payable from an application provider to a publisher on click-throughs, transactions and sales Commissions on fees and commissions on commissions may also be payable from the publisher to the provider of the p ⁇ nter
  • the hyperlink request ID 52 is used to route a fee or commission credit from the target application provider
  • the target application receives the hyperlink request ID from the page server 10 when the hyperlink is first activated, as desc ⁇ bed in Section 5 2
  • the target application needs to credit the source application provider, it sends - 33 - the application provider credit to the o ⁇ ginal page server together with the hyperlink request ID
  • the page server uses the hyperlink request ID to identify the source application, and sends the credit on to the relevant registration server 11 together with the source application ID 64, its own server ID 53, and the hyperlink request ID
  • the registration server credits the co ⁇ esponding application provider's account 827 It also notifies the application provider If the application provider needs to credit the p ⁇ nter provider, it sends the p ⁇ nter provider credit to the onginal page server together with the hyperlink request ID
  • the page server uses the hyperlink request ID to identify the pnnter, and sends the credit on to the relevant registration server together with the pnnter ID
  • the registration server credits the co ⁇ esponding p ⁇ nter provider account 814
  • the source application provider is optionally notified of the identity of the target application provider, and the p ⁇ nter provider of the identity of the source application provider 6.
  • the pen generally designated by reference numeral 101, includes a housing 102 m the form of a plastics moulding having walls 103 defining an inte ⁇ or space 104 for mounting the pen components
  • the pen top 105 is in operation rotatably mounted at one end 106 of the housing 102
  • a semi-transparent cover 107 is secured to the opposite end 108 of the housing 102
  • the cover 107 is also of moulded plastics, and is formed from semi- transparent mate ⁇ al in order to enable the user to view the status of the LED mounted within the housing 102
  • the cover 107 includes a main part 109 which substantially surrounds the end 108 of the housing 102 and a projecting portion 110 which projects back from the ma part 109 and fits withm a corresponding slot 111 formed m the walls 103 of the housing 102
  • a radio antenna 112 is mounted behind the projecting portion 110, within the housing 102
  • Screw threads 113 su ⁇ ounding an aperture 113A on the cover 107 are arranged to receive a
  • a tn-color status LED 116 on a flex PCB 117 The antenna 112 is also mounted on the flex PCB 117
  • the status LED 116 is mounted at the top of the pen 101 for good all-around visibility
  • the pen can operate both as a normal marking ink pen and as a non-marking stylus
  • An ink pen cartridge 118 with nib 119 and a stylus 120 with stylus nib 121 are mounted side by side within the housing 102 Either the ink cartridge nib 119 or the stylus nib 121 can be brought forward through open end 122 of the metal end piece 114, by rotation of the pen top 105
  • Respective slider blocks 123 and 124 are mounted to the ink cartridge 118 and stylus 120, respectively
  • a rotatable cam ba ⁇ el 125 is secured to the pen top 105 in operation and a ⁇ anged to rotate therewith
  • the cam ba ⁇ el 125 includes a cam 126 in the form of a slot within the walls 181 of the cam ba ⁇ el Cam
  • a second flex PCB 129 is mounted on an electronics chassis 130 which sits within the housing 102
  • the second flex PCB 129 mounts an infrared LED 131 for providing infrared radiation for projection onto the surface
  • An image sensor 132 is provided mounted on the second flex PCB 129 for receiving reflected radiation from the surface
  • the second flex PCB 129 also mounts a radio frequency chip 133, which includes an RF transmitter and RF receiver, and a controller chip 134 for controlling operation of the pen 101
  • An optics block 135 (formed from moulded clear plastics) sits within the cover 107 and projects an infrared beam onto the surface and receives images onto the image sensor 132
  • Power supply wires 136 connect the components on the second flex PCB 129 to battery contacts 137 which are mounted - 34 - within the cam banel 125
  • a terminal 138 connects to the battery contacts 137 and the cam ba ⁇ el 125
  • a three volt rechargeable battery 139 sits within the cam
  • top 105 also includes a clip 142 for clipping the pen 101 to a pocket 6.2 PEN CONTROLLER
  • the pen 101 is a ⁇ anged to determine the position of its nib (stylus nib 121 or ink cartndge nib 119) by imaging, in the infrared spectrum, an area of the surface m the vicinity of the nib It records the location data from the nearest location tag, and is a ⁇ anged to calculate the distance of the nib 121 or 119 from the location tab utilising optics
  • controller chip 134 calculates the o ⁇ entation of the pen and the nib-to-tag distance from the perspective distortion observed on the imaged tag
  • the pen 101 can transmit the digital ink data (which is encrypted for secunty and packaged for efficient transmission) to the computing system
  • the digital ink data is transmitted as it is formed
  • digital ink data is buffered within the pen 101 (the pen 101 circuitry includes a buffer arranged to store digital mk data for approximately 12 minutes of the pen motion on the surface) and can be transmitted later
  • the controller chip 134 is mounted on the second flex PCB 129 in the pen 101
  • Figure 10 is a block diagram illustrating in more detail the architecture of the controller chip 134 Figure 10 also shows representations of the RF chip 133, the image sensor 132, the tn-color status LED 116, the IR illumination LED 131, the IR force sensor LED 143, and the force sensor photodiode 144
  • the pen controller chip 134 includes a controlling processor 145 Bus 146 enables the exchange of data between components of the controller chip 134 Flash memory 147 and a 512 KB DRAM 148 are also included
  • An analog-to-digital converter 149 is arranged to convert the analog signal from the force sensor photodiode 144 to a digital signal
  • An image sensor interface 152 interfaces with the image sensor 132
  • a transceiver controller 153 and base band circuit 154 are also included to interface with the RF chip 133 which includes an RF circuit 155 and RF resonators and inductors 156 connected to the antenna 112
  • the controlling processor 145 captures and decodes location data from tags from the surface via the image sensor 132, monitors the force sensor photodiode 144, controls the LEDs 116, 131 and 143, and handles short-range radio communication via the radio transceiver 153 It is a medium-performance ( ⁇ 40MHz) general-pu ⁇ ose RISC processor
  • the processor 145, digital transceiver components (transceiver controller 153 and baseband circuit 154), image sensor interface 152, flash memory 147 and 512KB DRAM 148 are integrated in a single controller ASIC Analog RF components (RF circuit 155 and RF resonators and inductors 156) are provided in the separate RF chip
  • the image sensor is a 215x215 pixel CCD (such a sensor is produced by Matsushita Electronic Co ⁇ oration, and is desc ⁇ bed in a paper by Itakura, K T Nobusada, N Okusenya, R Nagayoshi, and M Ozaki, "A 1mm 50k-P ⁇ xel IT CCD Image Sensor for Miniature Camera System", IEEE Transactions on Electronic Devices, Volt 47, number 1, January 2000, which is mco ⁇ orated herein by reference) with an IR filter
  • the controller ASIC 134 enters a quiescent state after a penod of inactivity when the pen 101 is not in contact with a surface It incorporates a dedicated circuit 150 which monitors the force sensor photodiode 144 and wakes up the controller 134 via the power manager 151 on a pen-down event - 35 -
  • the radio transceiver communicates m the unlicensed 900MHz band normally used by cordless telephones, or alternatively m the unlicensed 2 4GHz mdust ⁇ al, scientific and medical (ISM) band, and uses frequency hopping and collision detection to provide interference-free communication
  • ISM scientific and medical
  • the pen mco ⁇ orates an Infrared Data Association (IrDA) interface for short- range communication with a base station or netpage pnnter
  • IrDA Infrared Data Association
  • the pen 101 includes a pair of orthogonal accelerometers mounted in the normal plane of the pen 101 axis
  • the accelerometers 190 are shown in Figures 9 and 10 in ghost outline
  • each location tag ID can then identify an object of interest rather than a position on the surface For example, if the object is a user interface input element (e g a command button), then the tag ID of each location tag within the area of the input element can directly identify the input element
  • the acceleration measured by the accelerometers in each of the x and y directions is integrated with respect to time to produce an instantaneous velocity and position Since the starting position of the stroke is not known, only relative positions within a stroke are calculated
  • the vertically-mounted netpage wallp ⁇ nter 601 is shown fully assembled m Figures 11 and 12 As best shown in Figures 12, 12a and 68, it p ⁇ nts netpages on A4 sized media using duplexed ⁇ '/i" MemjetTM p ⁇ nt engines 602 and 603 It uses a straight paper path with the paper 604 passing through duplexed pnnt engines 602 and 603 which p ⁇ nt both sides of a sheet simultaneously, full color and with full bleed
  • a multi-DSP raster image processor (RIP) raste ⁇ zes pages to internal memory, and a pair of custom p ⁇ nt engine controllers expand, dither and pnnt page images to the duplexed pnntheads m real time
  • the wallp ⁇ nter 601 consists of a main chassis 606, which accommodates all major components and assemblies As best shown in Figure 58, it has a pivoting media tray 607 on the front upper portion, which is covered by a front molding 608 and handle molding 609
  • the front molding 608, handle molding 609 and lower front molding 610 can vary in color, texture and finish to make the product more appealing to consumers They simply clip onto the front of the wallpnnter 601
  • Figures 59 and 60 show the wallp ⁇ nter elect ⁇ cal system in isolation
  • PCB 611 runs from the media tray 607 to the mam PCB 612 It includes four different color LEDs 613, 614, 615 and 616 and a push button 617
  • the LEDs show through the front molding and indicate “on” 613, “ink out” 614, “paper out” 615, and “error” 616
  • the push button 617 elicits pnnted “help” in the form of usage instructions, pnnter and consumable status information, and a directory of resources on the netpage network P ⁇ nted, bound documents 618 exit through the base of the wallp ⁇ nter 601 into a clear, plastic, removable collection tray 619 This is discussed in greater detail below with specific reference to Figure 64
  • the wallp ⁇ nter 601 is powered by an internal 110V/220V power supply 620 and has a metal mounting plate 621 that is secured to a wall or stable vertical surface by four screws Plunged keyhole slot details 622 in the metal plate 621 allow for four spigots mounted on the rear of the p ⁇ nter to hook onto the plate
  • the wallp ⁇ nter 601 is prevented from - 36 - being lifted off by a screw that locates the chassis molding 606 to the plate 621 at one position behind the media tray 607
  • the side of the wallp ⁇ nter 601 includes a module bay 624 which accommodates a network interface module 625 which allows the p ⁇ nter to be connected to the netpage network and to a local computer or network
  • the interface module 625 can be selected and installed m the factory or in the field to provide the interfaces required by the user
  • the modules may have common connector options, such as IEEE 1394 (Firewire) connection, standard Centronics p ⁇ nter port connection or a combined USB2 649 and Ethernet 650 connection This allows the consumer to connect the wallp ⁇ nter 601 to a computer or use it as a network p ⁇ nter
  • Figure 66 shows the exploded assembly of the module 625
  • the interface module PCB 651 (with gold contact edge st ⁇ ps) plugs directly into the main wallp ⁇ nter PCB 612 via an edge connector 654
  • the different connector configurations are accommodated in the module design by use of a tool insert 652 Finger recesses 653 on either side of the module 6
  • the main PCB 612 is attached to the rear of the chassis 606
  • the board 612 interfaces through the chassis molding 606 to the interface module 625
  • the PCB 612 also car ⁇ es the necessary pe ⁇ pheral electronics to the MemjetTM pnntheads 705
  • FIG 58 shows the front hatch access to the paper 604 and the mk cartndge 627
  • paper 604 is placed into a hinged top tray 607 and pressed down onto a sprung platen 666
  • the tray 607 is mounted to the chassis 606 via hinges 700
  • Each hinge has a base, a h ge lever and a hinge side Pivots on the base and paper/media tray 607 engage the lever and side such that the paper/media tray 607 rotates in a manner that avoids kinking the supply hoses 646
  • the paper 604 is positioned under edge guides 667 before being closed and is automatically registered to one side of the tray 607 by action of a metal spnng part 668
  • An ink cartndge 627 connects into a pivoting ink connector molding 628 via a senes of self-sealing connectors 629
  • the connectors 629 transmit mk, air and glue to their separate locations
  • the ink connector molding 628 contains a sensor, which detects a QA chip on the mk cartndge and venfies identification p ⁇ or to p ⁇ nting When the front hatch is sensed closed, a release mechanism allows the sprung platen 666 to push the paper 604 against a moto ⁇ zed media pick-up roller assembly 626
  • Figure 54 shows the complete assembly of the replaceable ink cartndge 627 It has bladders or chambers for stonng fixative 644, adhesive 630, and cyan 631, magenta 632, yellow 633, black 634 and infrared 635 inks
  • the cartridge 627 also contains a micro air filter 636 in a base molding 637 As shown in Figure 13, the micro air filter 636 interfaces with an air pump 638 inside the p ⁇ nter via a hose 639 This provides filtered air to the pnntheads 705 to prevent ingress of micro particles into the MemjetTM pnntheads 705 which may clog the nozzles
  • the operational life of the filter is effectively linked to the life of the cartridge This ensures that the filter is replaced together with the cartndge rather than relying on the user to clean or replace the filter at the required intervals
  • the adhesive and infrared ink are replenished together with the visible ink
  • the cartndge 627 has a thin wall casing 640
  • the mk bladders 631 to 635 and fixitive bladder 644 are suspended within the casing by a pin 645 which hooks the cartndge together
  • the single glue bladder 630 is accommodated m the base molding 637 This is a fully recyclable product with a capacity for p ⁇ nting and gluing 3000 pages (1500 sheets)
  • the moto ⁇ zed media pick-up roller assembly 626 pushes the top sheet directly from the media tray 607 past a paper sensor (not shown) on the first p ⁇ nt engine 602 into the duplexed MemjetTM pnnthead assembly - 37 -
  • Two MemjetTM pnnt engines 602 and 603 are mounted in an opposing -hne sequential configuration along the straight paper path
  • the paper 604 is drawn into the first p ⁇ nt engine 602 by integral, powered pick-up rollers 626
  • the position and size of the paper 604 is sensed and full bleed p ⁇ nting commences
  • the MemjetTM p ⁇ nt engines 602 and 603 include a rotary capping, blotting and platen device 669
  • the capping device seals the MemjetTM pnntheads 705 when not in use It uncaps and rotates to produce an integral blotter, which is used for absorbing ink fired from the pnntheads 705 dunng routine p ⁇ nter startup maintenance It simultaneously moves an internal capping device inside the MemjetTM pnnthead 705 that allows air to flow into the protective nozzle shield area
  • the third rotation of the device moves a platen surface into place, which supports one side of the sheet 604 dunng p ⁇ nting
  • This second pnnt engine 603 is mounted the opposite way up to the first in order to p ⁇ nt the underside of the sheet 604
  • the paper 604 passes from the duplexed p ⁇ nt engines 602 and 603, into the binder assembly 605
  • the p ⁇ nted page passes between a powered spike wheel axle 670 with a fibrous support roller and another movable axle with spike wheels and a momentary action glue wheel 673
  • the movable axle/glue assembly 673 is mounted to a metal support bracket and it is transported forward to interface with the powered axle 670 by action of a camshaft 642 A separate motor powers 675 this camshaft
  • Both motors 676 are controlled by the MemjetTM pnntheads
  • the glue wheel assembly 673 consists of a partially hollow axle 679 with a rotating coupling 680 for the glue supply hose 641 from the ink cartndge 627
  • This axle 679 connects to a glue wheel 681, which absorbs adhesive by capillary action through radial holes
  • a molded housing su ⁇ ounds the glue wheel 681, with an opening at the front Pivoting side moldings 683 and sprung outer doors 684 are attached to the metal support bracket and hinge out sideways when the rest of the assembly 673 is thrust forward This action exposes the glue wheel 681 through the front of the molded housing
  • Tension sp ⁇ ngs 685 close the assembly and effectively cap the glue wheel 681 du ⁇ ng penods of inactivity
  • the binding assembly 605 binds pages one by one into a bound document, thereby producing bound documents without significantly adding to the time taken to pnnt the separate pages of the document Furthermore it applies the adhesive directly pnor to pressing it against the previous page This is more effective than applying adhesive to the rear of each page and sequentially pressing each page to the subsequent page because any interruption in the pnnting process such as replenishing the paper supply may allow the adhesive applied to the last adhered page to dete ⁇ orate and become less effective
  • the cable 693 is sprung to allow for positive pressure to be applied to the previous sheet to aid binding Furthermore, the angled platen 689 is shallower at the top than at the base in order to support the document 618 in an over axis configuration
  • a sensor (not shown) operatively connected to the control of the stepper motor, may be used to determine the position of the last page bound to the document to allow the platen to accurately adhere the next page to it
  • a paper tapper 643 knocks the sheet 604 to one side of the binder 605 as it is transported across to the angled platen 689
  • the main PCB 612 controls motors 695, 696 and 697 for the cable winder shaft 694, the tapper 643 and the exit hatch 690 respectively
  • the powered exit hatch 690 opens A tamper sensor (not shown) is provided to detect document jams or other interferences acting to prevent the exit hatch 690 from closing
  • the tapper 643 also tap aligns the p ⁇ nted document 618 du ⁇ ng ejection out of the binder 605 into the collection tray 619
  • Plastic foils 698 on the lower front molding 610 work together with the hatch 690 to direct the finished document 618 to the back of the collection tray 619 and feed any further documents into the tray without hitting existing ones
  • a plurality the flexible foils may be provided, each having different lengths to accommodate documents having different page sizes
  • the collection tray 619 is molded in clear plastic and pulls out of its socket under a certain loading Access for removing documents is provided on three sides 7.2
  • a MemjetTM pnnthead produces 1600 dpi bi-level CMYK On low-diffusion paper, each ejected drop forms an almost perfectly circular 22 5 ⁇ m diameter dot Dots are easily produced in isolation, allowing dispersed-dot dithe ⁇ ng to be exploited to its fullest
  • a page layout may contain a mixture of images, graphics and text Continuous-tone (contone) images and graphics are reproduced using a stochastic dispersed-dot dither Unlike a clustered-dot (or amplitude-modulated) dither, a dispersed-dot (or frequency-modulated) dither reproduces high spatial frequencies (I e image detail) almost to the limits of the dot resolution, while simultaneously reproducing lower spatial frequencies to their full color depth, when spatially integrated by the eye
  • a stochastic dither matrix is carefully designed to be free of objectionable low-frequency patterns when tiled across the image As such its size typically exceeds the minimum size required to support a particular number of intensity levels (e g 16x16x8 bits for 257 intensity levels)
  • Human contrast sensitivity peaks at a spatial frequency of about 3 cycles per degree of visual field and then falls off loganthmically, decreasing by a factor of 100 beyond about 40 cycles per degree and becoming immeasurable beyond 60 cycles per degree At a normal viewing distance of 12 inches (about 300mm), this translates roughly to 200- 300 cycles per inch (cpi) on the p ⁇ nted page, or 400-600 samples per inch according to Nyquist's theorem
  • contone resolution above about 300 ppi is of limited utility outside special applications such as medical imaging Offset p ⁇ nting of magazines, for example, uses contone resolutions the range 150 to 300 ppi Higher - 39 - resolutions cont ⁇ bute slightly to color error through the dither
  • Black text and graphics are reproduced directly using bi-level black dots, and are therefore not antialiased (1 e low-pass filtered) before being p ⁇ nted Text is therefore supersampled beyond the perceptual limits discussed above, to produce smoother edges when spatially integrated by the eye Text resolution up to about 1200 dpi continues to cont ⁇ bute to perceived text sha ⁇ ness (assuming low-diffusion paper, of course)
  • the netpage p ⁇ nter uses a contone resolution of 267 ppi (1 e 1600 dpi / 6), and a black text and graphics resolution of 800 dpi 7.3 DOCUMENT DATA FLOW
  • each page must be pnnted at a constant speed to avoid creating visible artifacts This means that the pnnting speed can't be va ⁇ ed to match the input data rate Document raste ⁇ zation and document pnnting are therefore decoupled to ensure the pnnthead has a constant supply of data A page is never p ⁇ nted until it is fully raste ⁇ zed This is achieved by sto ⁇ ng a compressed version of each rastenzed page image m memory
  • This decoupling also allows the raster image processor (RIP) to run ahead of the p ⁇ nter when raste ⁇ zing simple pages, buying time to rastenze more complex pages
  • the compressed page image format contains a separate foreground bi-level black layer and background contone color layer The black layer is composited over the contone layer after the contone layer is dithered
  • a Letter page of bi-level data has a size of 7MB Coherent data such as text compresses very well
  • ten-point text compresses with a ratio of about 10 1, giving a compressed page size of 0 8MB
  • a page of CMYK contone image data consists of 114MB of bi-level data
  • the two-layer compressed page image format therefore exploits the relative strengths of lossy JPEG contone image compression and lossless bi-level text compression
  • the format is compact enough to be storage-efficient, and simple enough to allow straightforward real-time expansion dunng p ⁇ nting
  • the normal worst-case page image size is 2 5MB (1 e image only), while the normal best-case page image size is 0 8MB (I e text only)
  • the absolute worst-case page image size is 3 3MB (I e text over image) Assuming a quarter of an average page contains images, the average page image size is 1 2MB 7.4 PRINTER CONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE
  • the netpage p ⁇ nter controller consists of a controlling processor 750, a factory-installed or field-installed network interface module 625, a radio transceiver (transceiver controller 753, baseband circuit 754, RF circuit 755, and RF resonators and inductors 756), dual raster image processor (RIP) DSPs 757, duplexed p ⁇ nt engine controllers 760a and 760b, flash memory 658, and 64MB of DRAM 657, as illustrated in Figure 63 - 40 -
  • the controlling processor handles communication with the network 19 and with local wireless netpage pens 101, senses the help button 617, controls the user interface LEDs 613-616, and feeds and synchronizes the RIP DSPs 757 and p ⁇ nt engine controllers 760 It consists of a medium-performance general-pmpose microprocessor
  • the controlling processor 750 communicates with the pnnt engine controllers 760 via a high-speed se ⁇ al bus 659
  • the RIP DSPs rastenze and compress page descnptions to the netpage p ⁇ nter' s compressed page format
  • Each p ⁇ nt engine controller expands, dithers and pnnts page images to its associated MemjetTM pnnthead 350 in real time (I e at over 30 pages per minute)
  • the master p ⁇ nt engine controller 760a controls the paper transport and monitors ink usage m conjunction with the master QA chip 665 and the ink cartndge QA chip 761
  • the pnnter controller's flash memory 658 holds the software for both the processor 750 and the DSPs 757, as well as configuration data This is copied to main memory 657 at boot time
  • the processor 750, DSPs 757, and digital transceiver components are integrated a single controller ASIC 656
  • Analog RF components RF circuit 755 and RF resonators and inductors 756) are provided in a separate RF chip 762
  • the network interface module 625 is separate, since netpage p ⁇ nters allow the network connection to be factory-selected or field-selected Flash memory 658 and the 2x256Mbit
  • DRAM 657 is also off-chip
  • the p ⁇ nt engine controllers 760 are provided in separate ASICs
  • a va ⁇ ety of network interface modules 625 are provided, each providing a netpage network interface 751 and optionally a local computer or network interface 752
  • Netpage network Internet interfaces include POTS modems, Hyb ⁇ d Fiber-Coax (HFC) cable modems, ISDN modems, DSL modems, satellite transceivers, cu ⁇ ent and next-generation cellular telephone transceivers, and wireless local loop (WLL) transceivers
  • Local interfaces include IEEE 1284 (parallel port), lOBase-T and 100Base-T Ethernet, USB and USB 2 0, IEEE 1394 (Firewire), and vanous emerging home networking interfaces If an Internet connection is available on the local network, then the local network interface can be used as the netpage network interface
  • the radio transceiver 753 communicates in the unlicensed 900MHz band normally used by cordless telephones, or alternatively in the unlicensed 2 4GHz industnal, scientific and medical (ISM) band, and uses frequency hopping and collision detection to provide interference-free communication
  • ISM scientific and medical
  • the p ⁇ nter controller optionally mco ⁇ orates an Infrared Data Association (IrDA) interface for receiving data "squirted" from devices such as netpage cameras
  • IrDA Infrared Data Association
  • the pnnter uses the IrDA interface for short-range communication with suitably configured netpage pens 7.4.1 RASTERIZATION AND PRINTING
  • main processor 750 As shown in Figure 52, once the main processor 750 has received and ve ⁇ fied (at 550) the document's page layouts and page objects into memory 657 (at 551), it runs the appropnate RIP software on the DSPs 757
  • the DSPs 757 rastenze (at 552) each page desc ⁇ ption and compress (at 553) the raste ⁇ zed page image
  • the main processor stores each compressed page image in memory 657 (at 554)
  • the simplest way to load-balance multiple DSPs is to let each DSP rastenze a separate page
  • the DSPs can always be kept busy since an arbitrary number of raste ⁇ zed pages can, in general, be stored in memory This strategy only leads to potentially poor DSP utilization when rastenzmg short documents
  • Watermark regions in the page descnption are raste ⁇ zed to a contone-resolution bi-level bitmap which is losslessly compressed to negligible size and which forms part of the compressed page image
  • the infrared (IR) layer of the p ⁇ nted page contains coded netpage tags at a density of about six per inch
  • Each tag encodes the page ID, tag ID, and control bits, and the data content of each tag is generated du ⁇ ng rastenzation and stored in the compressed page image
  • the main processor 750 passes back-to-back page images to the duplexed p ⁇ nt engine controllers 760
  • Each pnnt engine controller 760 stores the compressed page image in its local memory 769, and starts the page expansion and - 41 - pnnting pipeline Page expansion and pnnting is pipelined because it is impractical to store an entire 114MB bi-level
  • the p ⁇ nt engine controller expands the compressed page image (at 555), dithers the expanded contone color data to bi-level dots (at 556), composites the expanded bi-level black layer over the dithered contone layer (at 557), renders the expanded netpage tag data (at 558), and finally p ⁇ nts the fully-rendered page (at 559) to produce a p ⁇ nted netpage 1
  • the page expansion and pnnting pipeline of the p ⁇ nt engine controller 760 consists of a high speed IEEE
  • the pnnt engine controller 360 operates in a double buffered manner While one page is loaded into DRAM
  • the previously loaded page is read from DRAM 769 and passed through the p ⁇ nt engine controller pipeline Once the page has finished pnnting, the page just loaded is p ⁇ nted while another page is loaded
  • the first stage of the pipeline expands (at 763) the JPEG-compressed contone CMYK layer, expands (at 764) the Group 4 Fax-compressed bi-level black layer, and renders (at 766) the bi-level netpage tag layer according to the tag format defined m section 1 2, all in parallel
  • the second stage dithers (at 765) the contone CMYK layer and composites
  • the resultant bi-level CMYK+IR dot data is buffered and formatted (at 767) for p ⁇ nting on the MemjetTM pnnthead 350 via a set of line buffers Most of these line buffers are stored in the off-chip DRAM
  • the final stage p ⁇ nts the six channels of bi-level dot data (including fixative) to the MemjetTM pnnthead 350 via the pnnthead interface 768
  • the p ⁇ nt engine controller 760 contains a low-speed processor 772 for synchronizing the page expansion and rende ⁇ ng pipeline, configu ⁇ ng the pnnthead 350 via a low-speed senal bus 773, and controlling the stepper motors 675,

Abstract

A printer for printing a second interface onto a second surface, in response to first indicating data received from a sensing device in the form of a stylus. The first indicating data is sensed by the stylus from first coded data. A first interface is disposed on a first surface, and includes the first coded data. The printer includes an input module and a printing module. The input module is configured to receive the first indicating data from the stylus, the first indicating data being at least partially indicative of response data. The input module generates second indicating data based on the first indicating data, the second indicating data being at least partially indicative of the response data. The second indicating data is sent to a computer system. The printing module includes a printing mechanism configured to receive the response data from the computer system. The second interface is based at least partially on the response data. The printing module then prints the second interface onto the second surface using the printing mechanism.

Description

INTERACTIVE PRINTER
FIELD OF INVENTION
The present invention relates to a printer for printing an interface onto an surface to produce an interface surface
The invention has been developed pĪ€maĪ€l) to produce interface surfaces which allow users to interact with networked information and to obtain interactive printed matter on demand via high-speed networked color printers Although the invention will largely be described herein with reference to this use, it will be appreciated that the invention is not limited to use in this field
CO-PENDING APPLICATIONS
Various methods, systems and apparatus relating to the present invention are disclosed in the following co- pending applications filed by the applicant or assignee of the present invention simultaneously with the present application PCT/AUOO/00518, PCT/AUOO/00519. PCT/AU00/00520, PCT/AUOO/00521 , PCT/AU00/00523,
PCT/AUOO/00524. PCT/AU00/00525. PCT/AU00/00526. PCT/AU00/00527, PCT/AUOO/00528, PCT/AUOO/00529. PCT/AUOO/00530. PCT/AUOO/00531. PCT/AUOO/00532, PCT/AU00/00533. PCT/AUOO/00534, PCT/AUOO/00535, PCT/AU00/00536. PCT/AU00/00537, PCT/AUOO/00538, PCT/AUOO/00539. PCT/AU00/00540, PCT/AU00/00541 , PCT/AU00/00542, PCT/AU00/00543, PCT/AU00/00544, PCT/AU00/00545, PCT/AU00/00547. PCT/AU00/00546, PCT/AU00O0554.
PC1 /AU00/00556, PCT/AU00/00557. PCT/AUOO/00558, PCT/AU00/00559, PCT/AU00/00560, PCT/AU00/00561 , PCT/AU00/00562, PCT/AU00/00563, PCT/AU00/00564, PCT/AU00/00566, PCT AUOO/00567. PCT/AU00/00568, PCT/AU00/00569, PCT/AU00/00570. PCT/AU00/00571 , PCT/AU00/00572. PCT/AU00/00573, PC r/AUOO/00574. PCT/AU00/00575, PCT/AU00/00576, PCT/AU00/00577, PCT/AU00/00578. PCT/AUOO/00579. PCT/AU00/00581 , PCT/AU00/00580,
PC r/AUOO/00582, PCT/AUOO/00587, PCT/AU00/00588, PCT/AU00/00589, PCT/AU00/00583 PCT/AUOO/00593. PCT/AU00/00590, PCT/AU00/00591, PCT/AU00/00592. PCT/AU00/00594, PCT/AU00/00595. PCT/AU00/00596, PCT/AU00/00597. PCT/AU00/00598, PCT/AU00/00516, and PCT/AU00/00517 The disclosures of these co-pending applications are incorporated herein by cross-reference
BACKGROUND
Presentl). a user of a computer system typically teiacts w ith the system using a monitor foi displaying information and a kevboard and/or mouse for inputting information Whilst such an interface is powerful, it is relatively bulky and non-portable Information printed on paper can be easier to read and more portable than information displayed on a computer monitor However, unlike a keyboard or mouse, a pen on paper generally lacks the ability to interact with computer software
SUMMARY OF INVENTION According to a first aspect of the invention, there is provided a printer for printing a second interface onto a second surface, in response to first indicating data received from a sensing device, the first indicating data being sensed bv the sensing device from first coded data, a first interface disposed on a first surface including the first coded data, the printer including - 1a
(a) an input module configured to
(i) receive, from the sensing device, the first indicating data, the first indicating data being at least partially indicative of response data, (n) generate second indicating data based on the first indicating data, the second indicating data being at least partially indicative of the response data, (in) send the second indicating data to a computer system, and
(b) a printing module, including a printing mechanism, configured to (1) receive the response data from the computer system,
(n) generate the second interface based at least partially on the response data, and
- 2 -
(111) pĪ€nt the second interface onto the second surface using the printing mechanism
Preferably, the second interface includes second coded data, wherein the pĪ€nting module includes a coded data generator configured to generate the second coded data based on at least part of the response data More preferably, the response data includes second region identity data indicative of at least one identity, the identity being associated with a region of the second interface, the coded data generator being configured to generate the second coded data based on the second region identity data, the second coded data being indicative of the identity
In a preferred embodiment, the second interface includes visible information in addition to the second coded data, the visible information being based at least partially on the response data
Preferably, the second coded data is also indicative of at least one reference point of the region More preferably, the at least one reference point is determined on the basis of a coded data layout
Preferably, the pĪ€nting module is configured to receive the coded data layout from the computer system In one embodiment, the pĪ€nter further includes storage means for stoĪ€ng a plurality of the coded data layouts, the pĪ€nting module being configured to receive, from the computer system, layout selection information indicative of one of the coded data layouts, and use the layout selection information to select one of the stored coded layouts for use m determining the at least one reference point
Preferably, the first indicating data includes location data sensed by the sensing device from the first coded data In one preferred form, the first indicating data includes first region identity data sensed by the sensing device from the first coded data, the first region identity data being indicative of an identity associated with a region of the first interface, the region being at least partially indicative of the response data
In another preferred form, the first indicating data includes location data sensed by the sensing device from the first coded data, the location data being indicative of a location within the region, the location within the region being at least partially indicative of the response data
Preferably, the second coded data includes at least one tag, each tag being indicative of the identity of the region
In a second aspect, the present invention provides a system including a pĪ€nter according to the first aspect, and a sensing device for sensing the first indicating data and transmitting it to the pĪ€nter
Preferably, the sensing device includes a radio transmitter for transmitting the indicating data to the pĪ€nter, and the pĪ€nter includes a radio receiver for receiving the indicating data
In a prefeĪ€ed form, the sensing device includes an optical sensor for sensing the first coded data In a third aspect, the present invention provides a system including a pĪ€nter according to the first aspect of the invention, a first interface surface disposed on a first surface, the first interface surface including first coded data to be sensed by a sensing device, thereby to generate first indicating data for transmission from the sensing device to the pĪ€nter In a fourth aspect, the present invention provides an interface surface produced by a pĪ€nter according to the first aspect Further objects and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the detailed descĪ€ption that follows
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS Preferred and other embodiments of the invention will now be descĪ€bed, by way of non-limiting example only, with reference to the accompanying drawings, m which Figure 1 is a schematic of a the relationship between a sample pĪ€nted netpage and its online page descĪ€ption, - 3 -
Figure 2 is a schematic view of a interaction between a netpage pen, a netpage pĪ€nter, a netpage page server, and a netpage application server,
Figure 3 illustrates a collection of netpage servers and pĪ€nters interconnected via a network,
Figure 4 is a schematic view of a high-level structure of a pnnted netpage and its online page descĪ€ption, Figure 5 is a plan view showing a structure of a netpage tag,
Figure 6 is a plan view showing a relationship between a set of the tags shown in Figure 5 and a field of view of a netpage sensing device in the form of a netpage pen,
Figure 7 is a flowchart of a tag image processing and decoding algoĪ€thm,
Figure 8 is a perspective view of a netpage pen and its associated tag-sensing field-of-view cone, Figure 9 is a perspective exploded view of the netpage pen shown in Figure 8,
Figure 10 is a schematic block diagram of a pen controller for the netpage pen shown in Figures 8 and 9,
Figure 11 is a perspective view of a wall-mounted netpage pĪ€nter,
Figure 12 is a section through the length of the netpage pĪ€nter of Figure 11 ,
Figure 12a is an enlarged portion of Figure 12 showing a section of the duplexed pĪ€nt engines and glue wheel assembly, Figure 13 is a detailed view of the ink cartĪ€dge, ink, air and glue paths, and pĪ€nt engines of the netpage pĪ€nter of Figures
11 and 12,
Figure 14 is a schematic block diagram of a pĪ€nter controller for the netpage pĪ€nter shown in Figures 11 and 12,
Figure 15 is a schematic block diagram of duplexed pĪ€nt engine controllers and Memjetâ„ĸ pĪ€ntheads associated with the pĪ€nter controller shown Figure 14, Figure 16 is a schematic block diagram of the pĪ€nt engine controller shown in Figures 14 and 15,
Figure 17 is a perspective view of a single Memjetâ„ĸ pĪ€nting element, as used in, for example, the netpage pĪ€nter of
Figures 10 to 12,
Figure 18 is a perspective view of a small part of an array of Memjetâ„ĸ pnnting elements,
Figure 19 is a seĪ€es of perspective views illustrating the operating cycle of the Memjetâ„ĸ pĪ€nting element shown in Figure 13,
Figure 20 is a perspective view of a short segment of a pagewidth Memjetâ„ĸ pĪ€nthead,
Figure 21 is a schematic view of a user class diagram,
Figure 22 is a schematic view of a pĪ€nter class diagram,
Figure 23 is a schematic view of a pen class diagram, Figure 24 is a schematic view of an application class diagram,
Figure 25 is a schematic view of a document and page descĪ€ption class diagram,
Figure 26 is a schematic view of a document and page ownership class diagram,
Figure 27 is a schematic view of a terminal element specialization class diagram,
Figure 28 is a schematic view of a static element specialization class diagram, Figure 29 is a schematic view of a hyperlink element class diagram,
Figure 30 is a schematic view of a hyperlink element specialization class diagram,
Figure 31 is a schematic view of a hyperhnked group class diagram,
Figure 32 is a schematic view of a form class diagram,
Figure 33 is a schematic view of a digital ink class diagram, Figure 34 is a schematic view of a field element specialization class diagram,
Figure 35 is a schematic view of a checkbox field class diagram,
Figure 36 is a schematic view of a text field class diagram,
Figure 37 is a schematic view of a signature field class diagram, - 4 -
Figure 38 is a flowchart of an input processing algoĪ€thm,
Figure 38a is a detailed flowchart of one step of the flowchart of Figure 38,
Figure 39 is a schematic view of a page server command element class diagram,
Figure 40 is a schematic view of a resource descĪ€ption class diagram, Figure 41 is a schematic view of a favoĪ€tes list class diagram,
Figure 42 is a schematic view of a history list class diagram,
Figure 43 is a schematic view of a subscĪ€ption delivery protocol,
Figure 44 is a schematic view of a hyperlink request class diagram,
Figure 45 is a schematic view of a hyperlink activation protocol, Figure 46 is a schematic view of a form submission protocol,
Figure 47 is a schematic view of a commission payment protocol,
Figure 48 is a flowchart of document processing in a netpage pnnter,
Figure 49 is a schematic view of a set of radial wedges making up a symbol,
Figure 50 is a schematic view of a Ī€ng A and B symbol allocation scheme, Figure 51 is a schematic view of a first Ī€ng C and D symbol allocation scheme,
Figure 52 is a schematic view of a second Ī€ng C and D symbol allocation scheme,
Figure 53 is a simple exploded view of the wallpĪ€nter,
Figure 54 is an exploded view of the ink cartridge,
Figure 55 is a pair of three-quarter views of the ink cartridge, Figure 56 is a three-quarter view of a single ink bladder,
Figures 57a and 57b are lateral and longitudinal sections through the ink cartridge,
Figure 58 is a front three-quarter view of the open media tray,
Figure 59 is a front three-quarter view of the electĪ€cal system of the pĪ€nter,
Figure 60 is a rear three-quarter view of the electĪ€cal system, Figure 61 is a front three-quarter view of the wallpĪ€nter with the lower front cover removed,
Figure 62 is a section through the binder assembly,
Figure 63 is a rear three-quarter view of the open glue wheel assembly,
Figure 64 is a section through the binding assembly and the exit hatch,
Figure 65 is a three-dimensional view of an interface module, Figure 66 is an exploded view of an interface module,
Figure 67 is a top three-quarter view of the media tray, and
Figure 68 is a section through the top part of the pĪ€nter
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED AND OTHER EMBODIMENTS
Note Memjetâ„ĸ is a trade mark of Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd, Australia In the preferred embodiment, the invention is configured to work with the netpage networked computer system, a detailed overview of which follows It will be appreciated that not every implementation will necessanly embody all or even most of the specific details and extensions discussed below in relation to the basic system However, the system is descĪ€bed in its most complete form to reduce the need for external reference when attempting to understand the context m which the prefeĪ€ed embodiments and aspects of the present invention operate In bĪ€ef summary, the preferred form of the netpage system employs a computer interface in the form of a mapped surface, that is, a physical surface which contains references to a map of the surface maintained in a computer system The map references can be queĪ€ed by an appropĪ€ate sensing device Depending upon the specific implementation, the map references may be encoded visibly or invisibly, and defined in such a way that a local query on the mapped surface yields an unambiguous map reference both within the map and among different maps The computer - 5 - system can contain information about features on the mapped surface, and such information can be retĪ€eved based on map references supplied by a sensing device used with the mapped surface The information thus retĪ€eved can take the form of actions which are initiated by the computer system on behalf of the operator in response to the operator's interaction with the surface features In its preferred form, the netpage system relies on the production of, and human interaction with, netpages
These are pages of text, graphics and images pĪ€nted on ordinary paper, but which work like interactive web pages Information is encoded on each page using ink which is substantially invisible to the unaided human eye The ink, however, and thereby the coded data, can be sensed by an optically imaging pen and transmitted to the netpage system
In the prefeĪ€ed form, active buttons and hyperlinks on each page can be clicked with the pen to request information from the network or to signal preferences to a network server In one embodiment, text written by hand on a netpage is automatically recognized and converted to computer text in the netpage system, allowing forms to be filled in
In other embodiments, signatures recorded on a netpage are automatically veĪ€fied, allowing e-commerce transactions to be securely authoĪ€zed
As illustrated m Figure 1 , a pĪ€nted netpage 1 can represent a interactive form which can be filled in by the user both physically, on the pĪ€nted page, and "electronically", via communication between the pen and the netpage system The example shows a "Request" form containing name and address fields and a submit button The netpage consists of graphic data 2 pĪ€nted using visible ink, and coded data 3 pĪ€nted as a collection of tags 4 using invisible ink The corresponding page descĪ€ption 5, stored on the netpage network, descĪ€bes the individual elements of the netpage In particular it descĪ€bes the type and spatial extent (zone) of each interactive element (I e text field or button in the example), to allow the netpage system to correctly interpret input via the netpage The submit button 6, for example, has a zone 7 which corresponds to the spatial extent of the corresponding graphic 8
As illustrated in Figure 2, the netpage pen 101, a preferred form of which is shown in Figures 8 and 9 and descĪ€bed in more detail below, works in conjunction with a netpage pĪ€nter 601, an Internet-connected pĪ€nting appliance for home, office or mobile use The pen is wireless and communicates securely with the netpage pĪ€nter via a short-range radio link 9
The netpage pĪ€nter 601, a prefeĪ€ed form of which is shown in Figures 11 to 13 and descĪ€bed m more detail below, is able to deliver, peĪ€odically or on demand, personalized newspapers, magazines, catalogs, brochures and other publications, all pnnted at high quality as interactive netpages Unlike a personal computer, the netpage pĪ€nter is an appliance which can be, for example, wall-mounted adjacent to an area where the morning news is first consumed, such as in a user's kitchen, near a breakfast table, or near the household's point of departure for the day It also comes in tabletop, desktop, portable and miniature versions
Netpages pĪ€nted at their point of consumption combine the ease-of-use of paper with the timeliness and interactivity of an interactive medium
As shown in Figure 2, the netpage pen 101 interacts with the coded data on a pĪ€nted netpage 1 and communicates, via a short-range radio link 9, the interaction to a netpage pĪ€nter The pĪ€nter 601 sends the interaction to the relevant netpage page server 10 for interpretation In appropĪ€ate circumstances, the page server sends a corresponding message to application computer software running on a netpage application server 13 The application server may m turn send a response which is pĪ€nted on the ongmating pĪ€nter
The netpage system is made considerably more convenient in the preferred embodiment by being used in conjunction with high-speed microelectromechamcal system (MEMS) based inkjet (Memjetâ„ĸ) pĪ€nters In the preferred form of this technology, relatively high-speed and high-quality pĪ€nting is made more affordable to consumers In its preferred form, a netpage publication has the physical characteĪ€stics of a traditional newsmagazine, such as a set of letter- size glossy pages pĪ€nted in full color on both sides, bound together for easy navigation and comfortable handling
The netpage pĪ€nter exploits the growing availability of broadband Internet access Cable service is available - 6 - to 95% of households in the United States, and cable modem service offeĪ€ng broadband Internet access is already available to 20% of these The netpage pĪ€nter can also operate with slower connections, but with longer delivery times and lower image quality Indeed, the netpage system can be enabled using existing consumer kjet and laser pnnters, although the system will operate more slowly and will therefore be less acceptable from a consumer's point of view In other embodiments, the netpage system is hosted on a pĪ€vate intranet In still other embodiments, the netpage system is hosted on a single computer or computer-enabled device, such as a pĪ€nter
Netpage publication servers 14 on the netpage network are configured to deliver pĪ€nt-quality publications to netpage pĪ€nters PeĪ€odical publications are delivered automatically to subscĪ€b g netpage pĪ€nters via pointcasting and multicasting Internet protocols Personalized publications are filtered and formatted according to individual user profiles A netpage pĪ€nter can be configured to support any number of pens, and a pen can work with any number of netpage pĪ€nters In the prefeĪ€ed implementation, each netpage pen has a unique identifier A household may have a collection of colored netpage pens, one assigned to each member of the family This allows each user to maintain a distinct profile with respect to a netpage publication server or application server
A netpage pen can also be registered with a netpage registration server 11 and linked to one or more payment card accounts This allows e-commerce payments to be securely authoĪ€zed using the netpage pen The netpage registration server compares the signature captured by the netpage pen with a previously registered signature, allowing it to authenticate the user's identity to an e-commerce server Other biometrics can also be used to veĪ€fy identity A version of the netpage pen includes fingerpnnt scanning, veĪ€fied in a similar way by the netpage registration server
Although a netpage pĪ€nter may deliver peĪ€odicals such as the morning newspaper without user intervention, it can be configured never to deliver unsolicited junk mail In its prefeĪ€ed form, it only delivers peĪ€odicals from subscĪ€bed or otherwise authoĪ€zed sources In this respect, the netpage pĪ€nter is unlike a fax machine or e-mail account which is visible to any junk mailer who knows the telephone number or email address 1 NETPAGE SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
Each object model m the system is descĪ€bed using a Unified Modeling Language (UML) class diagram A class diagram consists of a set of object classes connected by relationships, and two kinds of relationships are of interest here associations and generalizations An association represents some kind of relationship between objects, I e between instances of classes A generalization relates actual classes, and can be understood in the following way if a class is thought of as the set of all objects of that class, and class A is a generalization of class B, then B is simply a subset of A The UML does not directly support second-order modelling - 1 e classes of classes Each class is drawn as a rectangle labelled with the name of the class It contains a list of the attĪ€butes of the class, separated from the name by a hoĪ€zontal line, and a list of the operations of the class, separated from the attribute list by a hoĪ€zontal line In the class diagrams which follow, however, operations are never modelled
An association is drawn as a line joining two classes, optionally labelled at either end with the multiplicity of the association The default multiplicity is one An asteĪ€sk (*) indicates a multiplicity of "many", I e zero or more Each association is optionally labelled with its name, and is also optionally labelled at either end with the role of the corresponding class An open diamond indicates an aggregation association ("ls-part-of '), and is drawn at the aggregator end of the association line
A generalization relationship ("ls-a") is drawn as a solid line joining two classes, with an arrow (m the form of an open tĪ€angle) at the generalization end When a class diagram is broken up into multiple diagrams, any class which is duplicated is shown with a dashed outline in all but the main diagram which defines it It is shown with attĪ€butes only where it is defined 1.1 NETPAGES
Netpages are the foundation on which a netpage network is built They provide a paper-based user interface to published information and interactive services - 7 -
A netpage consists of a pĪ€nted page (or other surface region) invisibly tagged with references to an online descĪ€ption of the page The online page descĪ€ption is maintained persistently by a netpage page server The page descĪ€ption descĪ€bes the visible layout and content of the page, including text, graphics and images It also descĪ€bes the input elements on the page, including buttons, hyperlinks, and input fields A netpage allows markings made with a netpage pen on its surface to be simultaneously captured and processed by the netpage system
Multiple netpages can share the same page descĪ€ption However, to allow input through otherwise identical pages to be distinguished, each netpage is assigned a unique page identifier This page ID has sufficient precision to distinguish between a very large number of netpages
Each reference to the page descĪ€ption is encoded in a pĪ€nted tag The tag identifies the unique page on which it appears, and thereby indirectly identifies the page descĪ€ption The tag also identifies its own position on the page CharacteĪ€stics of the tags are descĪ€bed in more detail below
Tags are pĪ€nted in infrared-absorptive k on any substrate which is infrared-reflective, such as ordinary paper Near-mfrared wavelengths are invisible to the human eye but are easily sensed by a solid-state image sensor with an appropĪ€ate filter A tag is sensed by an area image sensor in the netpage pen, and the tag data is transmitted to the netpage system via the nearest netpage pĪ€nter The pen is wireless and communicates with the netpage pĪ€nter via a short-range radio link Tags are sufficiently small and densely aĪ€anged that the pen can reliably image at least one tag even on a single click on the page It is important that the pen recognize the page ID and position on every interaction with the page, since the interaction is stateless Tags are error-correctably encoded to make them partially tolerant to surface damage The netpage page server maintains a unique page instance for each pĪ€nted netpage, allowing it to maintain a distinct set of user-supplied values for input fields in the page descĪ€ption for each pĪ€nted netpage
The relationship between the page descĪ€ption, the page instance, and the pĪ€nted netpage is shown in Figure 4 The page instance is associated with both the netpage pĪ€nter which pĪ€nted it and, if known, the netpage user who requested it 1.2 NETPAGE TAGS
1.2.1 Tag Data Content
In a prefeĪ€ed form, each tag identifies the region in which it appears, and the location of that tag within the region A tag may also contain flags which relate to the region as a whole or to the tag One or more flag bits may, for example, signal a tag sensing device to provide feedback indicative of a function associated with the immediate area of the tag, without the sensing device having to refer to a descĪ€ption of the region A netpage pen may, for example, illuminate an "active area" LED when in the zone of a hyperlink
As will be more clearly explained below, m a prefeĪ€ed embodiment, each tag contains an easily recognized invaĪ€ant structure which aids initial detection, and which assists minimizing the effect of any warp induced by the surface or by the sensing process The tags preferably tile the entire page, and are sufficiently small and densely aĪ€anged that the pen can reliably image at least one tag even on a single click on the page It is important that the pen recognize the page ID and position on every interaction with the page, since the interaction is stateless
In a prefeĪ€ed embodiment, the region to which a tag refers coincides with an entire page, and the region ID encoded in the tag is therefore synonymous with the page ID of the page on which the tag appears In other embodiments, the region to which a tag refers can be an arbitrary subregion of a page or other surface For example, it can coincide with the zone of an interactive element, in which case the region ID can directly identify the interactive element
Table 1 - Tag data
Figure imgf000010_0001
- 8 -
Figure imgf000011_0001
Each tag contains 120 bits of information, typically allocated as shown in Table 1 Assuming a maximum tag density of 64 per square inch, a 16-bit tag ID supports a region size of up to 1024 square inches Larger regions can be mapped continuously without increasing the tag ID precision simply by using abutting regions and maps The 100-bit region ID allows 2100 (~1030 or a million tĪ€lhon tĪ€lhon) different regions to be uniquely identified
1.2.2 Tag Data Encoding
The 120 bits of tag data are redundantly encoded using a (15, 5) Reed-Solomon code This yields 360 encoded bits consisting of 6 codewords of 15 4-bit symbols each The (15, 5) code allows up to 5 symbol errors to be coĪ€ected per codeword, l e it is tolerant of a symbol eĪ€or rate of up to 33% per codeword Each 4-bit symbol is represented m a spatially coherent way in the tag, and the symbols of the six codewords are interleaved spatially within the tag This ensures that a burst eĪ€or (an eĪ€or affecting multiple spatially adjacent bits) damages a minimum number of symbols overall and a minimum number of symbols in any one codeword, thus maximising the likelihood that the burst eĪ€or can be fully corrected
1.2.3 Physical Tag Structure The physical representation of the tag, shown in Figure 5, includes fixed target structures 15, 16, 17 and vaĪ€able data areas 18 The fixed target structures allow a sensing device such as the netpage pen to detect the tag and infer its three-dimensional oĪ€entation relative to the sensor The data areas contain representations of the individual bits of the encoded tag data
To achieve proper tag reproduction, the tag is rendered at a resolution of 256x256 dots When pĪ€nted at 1600 dots per inch this yields a tag with a diameter of about 4 mm At this resolution the tag is designed to be suĪ€ounded by a "quiet area" of radius 16 dots Since the quiet area is also contĪ€buted by adjacent tags, it only adds 16 dots to the effective diameter of the tag
The tag includes six target structures A detection Ī€ng 15 allows the sensing device to initially detect the tag The Ī€ng is easy to detect because it is rotationally invaĪ€ant and because a simple coĪ€ection of its aspect ratio removes most of the effects of perspective distortion An oĪ€entation axis 16 allows the sensing device to determine the approximate planar oĪ€entation of the tag due to the yaw of the sensor The oĪ€entation axis is skewed to yield a unique oĪ€entation Four perspective targets 17 allow the sensing device to infer an accurate two-dimensional perspective transform of the tag and hence an accurate three-dimensional position and oĪ€entation of the tag relative to the sensor All target structures are redundantly large to improve their immunity to noise The overall tag shape is circular This supports, amongst other things, optimal tag packing on an lĪ€egular tĪ€angular gĪ€d In combination with the circular detection Ī€ng 15, this makes a circular aĪ€angement of data bits within the tag optimal As shown Figure 48, to maximise its size, each data bit is represented by a radial wedge 510 in the form of an area bounded by two radial lines 512, a radially inner arc 514 and a radially outer arc 516 Each wedge 510 has a minimum dimension of 8 dots at 1600 dpi and is designed so that its base (I e its inner arc 514), is at least equal to this minimum dimension The radial height of the wedge 510 is always equal to the minimum dimension Each 4-bit data symbol is represented by an aĪ€ay 518 of 2x2 wedges 510, as best shown in Figure 48
The 15 4-bit data symbols of each of the six codewords are allocated to the four concentĪ€c symbol Ī€ngs 18a to 18d, shown in Figure 5, m interleaved fashion as shown m Figures 49 to 51 Symbols of first to sixth codewords 520- 525 are allocated alternately in circular progression around the tag The interleaving is designed to maximise the average spatial distance between any two symbols of the same - 9 - codeword
In order to support "single-click" interaction with a tagged region via a sensing device, the sensing device must be able to see at least one entire tag m its field of view no matter where in the region or at what oĪ€entation it is positioned The required diameter of the field of view of the sensing device is therefore a function of the size and spacing of the tags
Assuming a circular tag shape, the minimum diameter of the sensor field of view is obtained when the tags are tiled on a equilateral tĪ€angular gĪ€d, as shown in Figure 6 1.2.4 Tag Image Processing and Decoding
The tag image processing and decoding performed by a sensing device such as the netpage pen is shown in Figure 7 While a captured image is being acquired from the image sensor, the dynamic range of the image is determined
(at 20) The center of the range is then chosen as the binary threshold for the image 21 The image is then thresholded and segmented into connected pixel regions (I e shapes 23) (at 22) Shapes which are too small to represent tag target structures are discarded The size and centroid of each shape is also computed
Binary shape moments 25 are then computed (at 24) for each shape, and these provide the basis for subsequently locating target structures Central shape moments are by their nature invaĪ€ant of position, and can be easily made invaĪ€ant of scale, aspect ratio and rotation
The Ī€ng target structure 15 is the first to be located (at 26) A Ī€ng has the advantage of being very well behaved when perspective-distorted Matching proceeds by aspect-normalizing and rotation-normalizing each shape's moments Once its second-order moments are normalized the Ī€ng is easy to recognize even if the perspective distortion was significant The Ī€ng's oĪ€gmal aspect and rotation 27 together provide a useful approximation of the perspective transform
The axis target structure 16 is the next to be located (at 28) Matching proceeds by applying the Ī€ng's normalizations to each shape's moments, and rotation-normalizing the resulting moments Once its second-order moments are normalized the axis target is easily recognized Note that one third order moment is required to disambiguate the two possible oĪ€entations of the axis The shape is deliberately skewed to one side to make this possible Note also that it is only possible to rotation-normalize the axis target after it has had the Ī€ng's normalizations applied, since the perspective distortion can hide the axis target's axis The axis target's oĪ€gmal rotation provides a useful approximation of the tag's rotation due to pen yaw 29
The four perspective target structures 17 are the last to be located (at 30) Good estimates of their positions are computed based on their known spatial relationships to the Ī€ng and axis targets, the aspect and rotation of the Ī€ng, and the rotation of the axis Matching proceeds by applying the Ī€ng's normalizations to each shape's moments Once their second-order moments are normalized the circular perspective targets are easy to recognize, and the target closest to each estimated position is taken as a match The oĪ€gmal centroids of the four perspective targets are then taken to be the perspective-distorted corners 31 of a square of known size in tag space, and an eight-degree-of-freedom perspective transform 33 is infeĪ€ed (at 32) based on solving the well-understood equations relating the four tag-space and image- space point pairs (see Heckbert, P , Fundamentals of Texture Mapping and Image Warping, Masters Thesis, Dept of EECS, U of California at Berkeley, Technical Report No UCB/CSD 89/516, June 1989, the contents of which are herein incorporated by cross-reference)
The infeĪ€ed tag-space to image-space perspective transform is used to project (at 36) each known data bit position m tag space into image space where the real-valued position is used to bihnearly interpolate (at 36) the four relevant adjacent pixels in the input image The previously computed image threshold 21 is used to threshold the result to produce the final bit value 37
Once all 360 data bits 37 have been obtained m this way, each of the six 60-bit Reed-Solomon codewords is decoded (at 38) to yield 20 decoded bits 39, or 120 decoded bits in total Note that the codeword symbols are sampled m - 10 - codeword order, so that codewords are implicitly de-interleaved duĪ€ng the sampling process
The Ī€ng target 15 is only sought in a subarea of the image whose relationship to the image guarantees that the Ī€ng, if found, is part of a complete tag If a complete tag is not found and successfully decoded, then no pen position is recorded for the current frame Given adequate processing power and ideally a non-mmimal field of view 193, an alternative strategy involves seeking another tag in the current image
The obtained tag data indicates the identity of the region containing the tag and the position of the tag within the region An accurate position 35 of the pen nib in the region, as well as the overall oĪ€entation 35 of the pen, is then infeĪ€ed (at 34) from the perspective transform 33 observed on the tag and the known spatial relationship between the pen's physical axis and the pen's optical axis 1.2.5 Tag Map
Decoding a tag results in a region ID, a tag ID, and a tag-relative pen transform Before the tag ID and the tag-relative pen location can be translated into an absolute location within the tagged region, the location of the tag within the region must be known This is given by a tag map, a function which maps each tag ID m a tagged region to a coĪ€esponding location The tag map class diagram is shown in Figure 22, as part of the netpage pĪ€nter class diagram A tag map reflects the scheme used to tile the surface region with tags, and this can vary according to surface type When multiple tagged regions share the same tiling scheme and the same tag numbeĪ€ng scheme, they can also share the same tag map
The tag map for a region must be retrievable via the region ID Thus, given a region ID, a tag ID and a pen transform, the tag map can be retĪ€eved, the tag ID can be translated into an absolute tag location within the region, and the tag-relative pen location can be added to the tag location to yield an absolute pen location within the region 1.2.6 Tagging Schemes
Two distinct surface coding schemes are of interest, both of which use the tag structure descĪ€bed earlier in this section The prefeĪ€ed coding scheme uses "location-indicating" tags as already discussed An alternative coding scheme uses object-indicating tags A location-indicating tag contains a tag ID which, when translated through the tag map associated with the tagged region, yields a unique tag location within the region The tag-relative location of the pen is added to this tag location to yield the location of the pen within the region This in turn is used to determine the location of the pen relative to a user interface element in the page descĪ€ption associated with the region Not only is the user interface element itself identified, but a location relative to the user interface element is identified Location-indicating tags therefore tĪ€vially support the capture of an absolute pen path m the zone of a particular user interface element
An object-indicating tag contains a tag ID which directly identifies a user interface element in the page descĪ€ption associated with the region All the tags m the zone of the user interface element identify the user interface element, making them all identical and therefore indistinguishable Object-indicating tags do not, therefore, support the capture of an absolute pen path They do, however, support the capture of a relative pen path So long as the position sampling frequency exceeds twice the encountered tag frequency, the displacement from one sampled pen position to the next within a stroke can be unambiguously determined
With either tagging scheme, the tags function in cooperation with associated visual elements on the netpage as user interactive elements m that a user can interact with the pĪ€nted page using an appropĪ€ate sensing device in order for tag data to be read by the sensing device and for an appropĪ€ate response to be generated m the netpage system 1.3 DOCUMENT AND PAGE DESCRIPTIONS
A prefeĪ€ed embodiment of a document and page descĪ€ption class diagram is shown in Figures 25 and 26 In the netpage system a document is descĪ€bed at three levels At the most abstract level the document 836 has a hierarchical structure whose terminal elements 839 are associated with content objects 840 such as text objects, text style objects, image objects, etc Once the document is pĪ€nted on a pĪ€nter with a particular page size and according to a - 11 - particular user's scale factor preference, the document is paginated and otherwise formatted Formatted terminal elements 835 will in some cases be associated with content objects which are different from those associated with their coĪ€esponding terminal elements, particularly where the content objects are style-related Each pĪ€nted instance of a document and page is also descĪ€bed separately, to allow input captured through a particular page instance 830 to be recorded separately from input captured through other instances of the same page descĪ€ption
The presence of the most abstract document descĪ€ption on the page server allows a user to request a copy of a document without being forced to accept the source document's specific format The user may be requesting a copy through a pĪ€nter with a different page size, for example Conversely, the presence of the formatted document descĪ€ption on the page server allows the page server to efficiently interpret user actions on a particular pĪ€nted page A formatted document 834 consists of a set of formatted page descĪ€ptions 5, each of which consists of a set of formatted terminal elements 835 Each formatted element has a spatial extent or zone 58 on the page This defines the active area of input elements such as hyperlinks and input fields
A document instance 831 coĪ€esponds to a formatted document 834 It consists of a set of page instances 830, each of which coĪ€esponds to a page descĪ€ption 5 of the formatted document Each page instance 830 descĪ€bes a single unique pĪ€nted netpage 1 , and records the page ID 50 of the netpage A page instance is not part of a document instance if it represents a copy of a page requested m isolation
A page instance consists of a set of terminal element instances 832 An element instance only exists if it records instance-specific information Thus, a hyperlink instance exists for a hyperlink element because it records a transaction ID 55 which is specific to the page instance, and a field instance exists for a field element because it records input specific to the page instance An element instance does not exist, however, for static elements such as textflows
A terminal element can be a static element 843, a hyperlink element 844, a field element 845 or a page server command element 846, as shown in Figure 27 A static element 843 can be a style element 847 with an associated style object 854, a textflow element 848 with an associated styled text object 855, an image element 849 with an associated image element 856, a graphic element 850 with an associated graphic object 857, a video clip element 851 with an associated video clip object 858, an audio clip element 852 with an associated audio clip object 859, or a scĪ€pt element 853 with an associated scĪ€pt object 860, as shown in Figure 28
A page instance has a background field 833 which is used to record any digital ink captured on the page which does not apply to a specific input element
In the prefeĪ€ed form of the invention, a tag map 811 is associated with each page instance to allow tags on the page to be translated into locations on the page 1.4 THE NETPAGE NETWORK
In a prefeĪ€ed embodiment, a netpage network consists of a distĪ€buted set of netpage page servers 10, netpage registration servers 11, netpage ID servers 12, netpage application servers 13, netpage publication servers 14, and netpage pĪ€nters 601 connected via a network 19 such as the Internet, as shown in Figure 3 The netpage registration server 11 is a server which records relationships between users, pens, pĪ€nters, applications and publications, and thereby authoĪ€zes vaĪ€ous network activities It authenticates users and acts as a signing proxy on behalf of authenticated users in application transactions It also provides handwĪ€tmg recognition services As descĪ€bed above, a netpage page server 10 maintains persistent information about page descnptions and page instances The netpage network includes any number of page servers, each handling a subset of page instances Since a page server also maintains user input values for each page instance, clients such as netpage pĪ€nters send netpage input directly to the appropĪ€ate page server The page server interprets any such input relative to the descĪ€ption of the coĪ€esponding page
A netpage ID server 12 allocates document IDs 51 on demand, and provides load-balancing of page servers via its ID allocation scheme - 12 -
A netpage pĪ€nter uses the Internet DistĪ€buted Name System (DNS), or similar, to resolve a netpage page ID 50 into the network address of the netpage page server handling the coĪ€esponding page instance
A netpage application server 13 is a server which hosts interactive netpage applications A netpage publication server 14 is an application server which publishes netpage documents to netpage pnnters They are descĪ€bed in detail m Section 2
Netpage servers can be hosted on a vanety of network server platforms from manufacturers such as IBM, Hewlett-Packard, and Sun Multiple netpage servers can run concurrently on a single host, and a single server can be distĪ€buted over a number of hosts Some or all of the functionality provided by netpage servers, and in particular the functionality provided by the ID server and the page server, can also be provided directly m a netpage appliance such as a netpage pĪ€nter, in a computer workstation, or on a local network 1.5 THE NETPAGE PRINTER
The netpage pĪ€nter 601 is an appliance which is registered with the netpage system and pĪ€nts netpage documents on demand and via subscĪ€ption Each pĪ€nter has a unique pĪ€nter ID 62, and is connected to the netpage network via a network such as the Internet, ideally via a broadband connection Apart from identity and secuĪ€ty settings in non-volatile memory, the netpage pĪ€nter contains no persistent storage As far as a user is concerned, "the network is the computer" Netpages function interactively across space and time with the help of the distĪ€buted netpage page servers 10, independently of particular netpage pnnters
The netpage pĪ€nter receives subscĪ€bed netpage documents from netpage publication servers 14 Each document is distnbuted in two parts the page layouts, and the actual text and image objects which populate the pages Because of personalization, page layouts are typically specific to a particular subscĪ€ber and so are pomtcast to the subscĪ€ber's pĪ€nter via the appropnate page server Text and image objects, on the other hand, are typically shared with other subscnbers, and so are multicast to all subscĪ€bers' pĪ€nters and the appropĪ€ate page servers
The netpage publication server optimizes the segmentation of document content into pointcasts and multicasts After receiving the pomtcast of a document's page layouts, the pĪ€nter knows which multicasts, if any, to listen to
Once the pĪ€nter has received the complete page layouts and objects that define the document to be pnnted, it can pĪ€nt the document
The pĪ€nter rastenzes and pĪ€nts odd and even pages simultaneously on both sides of the sheet It contains duplexed pĪ€nt engine controllers 760 and pĪ€nt engines utilizing Memjetâ„ĸ pnntheads 350 for this purpose The pĪ€ntmg process consists of two decoupled stages rasteĪ€zation of page descĪ€ptions, and expansion and pnnting of page images The raster image processor (RIP) consists of one or more standard DSPs 757 running in parallel The duplexed pĪ€nt engine controllers consist of custom processors which expand, dither and pĪ€nt page images in real time, synchronized with the operation of the pnntheads in the pĪ€nt engines
PĪ€nters not enabled for IR pĪ€nting have the option to pĪ€nt tags using IR-absorptive black ink, although this restĪ€cts tags to otherwise empty areas of the page Although such pages have more limited functionality than IR-pĪ€nted pages, they are still classed as netpages
A normal netpage pĪ€nter pĪ€nts netpages on sheets of paper More specialised netpage pĪ€nters may pĪ€nt onto more specialised surfaces, such as globes Each pĪ€nter supports at least one surface type, and supports at least one tag tiling scheme, and hence tag map, for each surface type The tag map 811 which descnbes the tag tiling scheme actually used to pĪ€nt a document becomes associated with that document so that the document's tags can be correctly interpreted
Figure 2 shows the netpage pĪ€nter class diagram, reflecting pĪ€nter-related information maintained by a registration server 11 on the netpage network
A preferred embodiment of the netpage pĪ€nter is descĪ€bed m greater detail in Section 6 below, with reference to Figures 11 to 16 - 13 -
1.5.1 Memjetâ„ĸ Printheads
The netpage system can operate using pĪ€nters made with a wide range of digital pnnting technologies, including thermal inkjet, piezoelectnc Inkjet, laser electrophotographic, and others However, for wide consumer acceptance, it is desirable that a netpage pĪ€nter have the following characteĪ€stics â€ĸ photographic quality color pĪ€nting
â€ĸ high quality text pnnting
â€ĸ high reliability
â€ĸ low pĪ€nter cost
â€ĸ low ink cost â€ĸ low paper cost
â€ĸ simple operation
â€ĸ nearly silent pnnting
â€ĸ high pnnting speed
â€ĸ simultaneous double sided pnnting â€ĸ compact form factor
â€ĸ low power consumption
No commercially available pĪ€nting technology has all of these characteĪ€stics
To enable to production of pĪ€nters with these charactenstics, the present applicant has invented a new pĪ€nt technology, refeĪ€ed to as Memjetâ„ĸ technology Memjetâ„ĸ is a drop-on-demand inkjet technology that incorporates pagewidth pnntheads fabncated using microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) technology Figure 17 shows a single pnnting element 300 of a Memjetâ„ĸ pnnthead The netpage wallpĪ€nter incorporates 168960 pnnting elements 300 to form a 1600 dpi pagewidth duplex pĪ€nter This pĪ€nter simultaneously pĪ€nts cyan, magenta, yellow, black, and infrared inks as well as paper conditioner and ink fixative
The pĪ€nting element 300 is approximately 110 microns long by 32 microns wide Arrays of these pĪ€nting elements are formed on a silicon substrate 301 that incorporates CMOS logic, data transfer, timing, and dnve circuits (not shown)
Major elements of the pĪ€nting element 300 are the nozzle 302, the nozzle nm 303, the nozzle chamber 304, the fluidic seal 305, the ink channel Ī€m 306, the lever arm 307, the active actuator beam pair 308, the passive actuator beam pair 309, the active actuator anchor 310, the passive actuator anchor 311, and the ink inlet 312 The active actuator beam pair 308 is mechanically joined to the passive actuator beam pair 309 at the join
319 Both beams pairs are anchored at their respective anchor points 310 and 311 The combination of elements 308, 309, 310, 311, and 319 form a cantilevered electrothermal bend actuator 320
Figure 18 shows a small part of an array of pĪ€nting elements 300, including a cross section 315 of a pĪ€nting element 300 The cross section 315 is shown without ink, to clearly show the ink mlet 312 that passes through the silicon wafer 301
Figures 19(a), 19(b) and 19(c) show the operating cycle of a Memjetâ„ĸ pĪ€nting element 300 Figure 19(a) shows the quiescent position of the ink meniscus 316 pĪ€or to pnnting an ink droplet Ink is retained the nozzle chamber by surface tension at the ink meniscus 316 and at the fluidic seal 305 formed between the nozzle chamber 304 and the ink channel Ī€m 306 While pnnting, the pnnthead CMOS circuitry distĪ€butes data from the pnnt engine controller to the correct pĪ€nting element, latches the data, and buffers the data to dnve the electrodes 318 of the active actuator beam pair 308 This causes an electĪ€cal cuĪ€ent to pass through the beam pair 308 for about one microsecond, resulting in Joule heating The temperature increase resulting from Joule heating causes the beam pair 308 to expand As the passive actuator beam - 14 - pair 309 is not heated, it does not expand, resulting in a stress difference between the two beam pairs This stress difference is partially resolved by the cantilevered end of the electrothermal bend actuator 320 bending towards the substrate 301 The lever arm 307 transmits this movement to the nozzle chamber 304 The nozzle chamber 304 moves about two microns to the position shown in Figure 19(b) This increases the ink pressure, forcing mk 321 out of the nozzle 302, and causing the ink meniscus 316 to bulge The nozzle Ī€m 303 prevents the ink meniscus 316 from spreading across the surface of the nozzle chamber 304
As the temperature of the beam pairs 308 and 309 equalizes, the actuator 320 returns to its oĪ€ginal position This aids in the break-off of the ink droplet 317 from the ink 321 in the nozzle chamber, as shown Figure 19(c) The nozzle chamber is refilled by the action of the surface tension at the meniscus 316 Figure 20 shows a segment of a pnnthead 350 In a netpage pnnter, the length of the pnnthead is the full width of the paper (typically 210 mm) in the direction 351 The segment shown is 04 mm long (about 02% of a complete pnnthead) When pnnting, the paper is moved past the fixed pnnthead in the direction 352 The pnnthead has 6 rows of interdigitated pĪ€nting elements 300, pĪ€nting the six colors or types of ink supplied by the ink inlets 312
To protect the fragile surface of the pnnthead duĪ€ng operation, a nozzle guard wafer 330 is attached to the pnnthead substrate 301 For each nozzle 302 there is a coĪ€esponding nozzle guard hole 331 through which the ink droplets are fired To prevent the nozzle guard holes 331 from becoming blocked by paper fibers or other debĪ€s, filtered air is pumped through the air inlets 332 and out of the nozzle guard holes duĪ€ng pĪ€nting To prevent ink 321 from drying, the nozzle guard is sealed while the pnnter is idle 1.6 The Netpage Pen The active sensing device of the netpage system is typically a pen 101, which, using its embedded controller
134, is able to capture and decode IR position tags from a page via an image sensor The image sensor is a solid-state device provided with an appropnate filter to permit sensing at only near-infrared wavelengths As descĪ€bed in more detail below, the system is able to sense when the nib is in contact with the surface, and the pen is able to sense tags at a sufficient rate to capture human handwriting (I e at 200 dpi or greater and 100 Hz or faster) Information captured by the pen is encrypted and wirelessly transmitted to the pĪ€nter (or base station), the pĪ€nter or base station interpreting the data with respect to the (known) page structure
The prefeĪ€ed embodiment of the netpage pen operates both as a normal marking ink pen and as a non- marking stylus The marking aspect, however, is not necessary for using the netpage system as a browsing system, such as when it is used as an Internet interface Each netpage pen is registered with the netpage system and has a unique pen ID 61 Figure 23 shows the netpage pen class diagram, reflecting pen-related information maintained by a registration server 11 on the netpage network
When either nib is in contact with a netpage, the pen determines its position and oĪ€entation relative to the page The nib is attached to a force sensor, and the force on the nib is interpreted relative to a threshold to indicate whether the pen is "up" or "down" This allows a interactive element on the page to be 'clicked' by pressing with the pen nib, m order to request, say, information from a network Furthermore, the force is captured as a continuous value to allow, say, the full dynamics of a signature to be venfied
The pen determines the position and onentation of its nib on the netpage by imaging, in the infrared spectrum, an area 193 of the page in the vicinity of the nib It decodes the nearest tag and computes the position of the nib relative to the tag from the observed perspective distortion on the imaged tag and the known geometry of the pen optics Although the position resolution of the tag may be low, because the tag density on the page is inversely proportional to the tag size, the adjusted position resolution is quite high, exceeding the minimum resolution required for accurate handwĪ€ting recognition
Pen actions relative to a netpage are captured as a senes of strokes A stroke consists of a sequence of time- stamped pen positions on the page, initiated by a pen-down event and completed by the subsequent pen-up event A stroke - 15 -
IS also tagged with the page ID 50 of the netpage whenever the page ID changes, which, under normal circumstances, is at the commencement of the stroke
Each netpage pen has a cunent selection 826 associated with it, allowing the user to perform copy and paste operations etc The selection is timestamped to allow the system to discard it after a defined time peĪ€od The current selection descĪ€bes a region of a page instance It consists of the most recent digital mk stroke captured through the pen relative to the background area of the page It is interpreted in an application-specific manner once it is submitted to an application via a selection hyperlink activation
Each pen has a cuĪ€ent nib 824 This is the nib last notified by the pen to the system In the case of the default netpage pen descĪ€bed above, either the marking black ink nib or the non-marking stylus nib is cuĪ€ent Each pen also has a cuĪ€ent nib style 825 This is the nib style last associated with the pen by an application, e g in response to the user selecting a color from a palette The default nib style is the nib style associated with the cuĪ€ent nib Strokes captured through a pen are tagged with the cuĪ€ent nib style When the strokes are subsequently reproduced, they are reproduced in the nib style with which they are tagged
Whenever the pen is within range of a pĪ€nter with which it can communicate, the pen slowly flashes its "online" LED When the pen fails to decode a stroke relative to the page, it momentaĪ€ly activates its "eĪ€or" LED When the pen succeeds in decoding a stroke relative to the page, it momentanly activates its "ok" LED
A sequence of captured strokes is refeĪ€ed to as digital ink Digital ink forms the basis for the digital exchange of drawings and handwriting, for online recognition of handwĪ€ting, and for online venfication of signatures
The pen is wireless and transmits digital ink to the netpage pĪ€nter via a short-range radio link The transmitted digital ink is encrypted for pnvacy and secunty and packetized for efficient transmission, but is always flushed on a pen-up event to ensure timely handling in the pĪ€nter
When the pen is out-of-range of a pĪ€nter it buffers digital ink in internal memory, which has a capacity of over ten minutes of continuous handwĪ€tmg When the pen is once again within range of a pĪ€nter, it transfers any buffered digital ink A pen can be registered with any number of pĪ€nters, but because all state data resides m netpages both on paper and on the network, it is largely lmmateĪ€al which pĪ€nter a pen is communicating with at any particular time
A prefeĪ€ed embodiment of the pen is descĪ€bed in greater detail in Section 6 below, with reference to Figures 8 to 10
1.7 NETPAGE INTERACTION The netpage pĪ€nter 601 receives data relating to a stroke from the pen 101 when the pen is used to interact with a netpage 1 The coded data 3 of the tags 4 is read by the pen when it is used to execute a movement, such as a stroke The data allows the identity of the particular page and associated interactive element to be determined and an indication of the relative positioning of the pen relative to the page to be obtained The indicating data is transmitted to the pnnter, where it resolves, via the DNS, the page ID 50 of the stroke into the network address of the netpage page server 10 which maintains the coĪ€esponding page instance 830 It then transmits the stroke to the page server If the page was recently identified in an earlier stroke, then the pĪ€nter may already have the address of the relevant page server in its cache Each netpage consists of a compact page layout maintained persistently by a netpage page server (see below) The page layout refers to objects such as images, fonts and pieces of text, typically stored elsewhere on the netpage network
When the page server receives the stroke from the pen, it retrieves the page descnption to which the stroke applies, and determines which element of the page descnption the stroke intersects It is then able to interpret the stroke in the context of the type of the relevant element
A "click" is a stroke where the distance and time between the pen down position and the subsequent pen up position are both less than some small maximum An object which is activated by a click typically requires a click to be activated, and accordingly, a longer stroke is ignored The failure of a pen action, such as a "sloppy" click, to register is - 16 - mdicated by the lack of response from the pen's "ok" LED
There are two kinds of input elements a netpage page descĪ€ption hyperlinks and form fields Input through a form field can also tngger the activation of an associated hyperlink
1.7.1 Hyperlinks A hyperlink is a means of sending a message to a remote application, and typically elicits a pĪ€nted response in the netpage system
A hyperlink element 844 identifies the application 71 which handles activation of the hyperlink, a link ID 54 which identifies the hyperlink to the application, an "alias required" flag which asks the system to include the user's application alias ID 65 in the hyperlink activation, and a descĪ€ption which is used when the hyperlink is recorded as a favonte or appears in the user's history The hyperlink element class diagram is shown in Figure 29
When a hyperlink is activated, the page server sends a request to an application somewhere on the network The application is identified by an application ID 64, and the application ID is resolved in the normal way via the DNS There are three types of hyperlinks general hyperlinks 863, form hyperlinks 865, and selection hyperlinks 864, as shown in Figure 30 A general hyperlink can implement a request for a linked document, or may simply signal a preference to a server A form hyperlink submits the corresponding form to the application A selection hyperlink submits the cuĪ€ent selection to the application If the cuĪ€ent selection contains a single-word piece of text, for example, the application may return a single-page document giving the word's meaning within the context in which it appears, or a translation into a different language Each hyperlink type is characteĪ€zed by what information is submitted to the application
The coĪ€esponding hyperlink instance 862 records a transaction ID 55 which can be specific to the page instance on which the hyperlink instance appears The transaction ID can identify user-specific data to the application, for example a "shopping cart" of pending purchases maintained by a purchasing application on behalf of the user
The system includes the pen's current selection 826 in a selection hyperlink activation The system includes the content of the associated form instance 868 in a form hyperlink activation, although if the hyperlink has its "submit delta" attnbute set, only input since the last form submission is included The system includes an effective return path in all hyperlink activations
A hyperhnked group 866 is a group element 838 which has an associated hyperlink, as shown in Figure 31 When input occurs through any field element in the group, the hyperlink 844 associated with the group is activated A hyperhnked group can be used to associate hyperlink behavior with a field such as a checkbox It can also be used, in conjunction with the "submit delta" attnbute of a form hyperlink, to provide continuous input to an application It can therefore be used to support a "blackboard" interaction model, l e where input is captured and therefore shared as soon as it occurs
1.7.2 Forms
A form defines a collection of related input fields used to capture a related set of inputs through a pnnted netpage A form allows a user to submit one or more parameters to an application software program running on a server A form 867 is a group element 838 in the document hierarchy It ultimately contains a set of terminal field elements 839 A form instance 868 represents a pĪ€nted instance of a form It consists of a set of field instances 870 which conespond to the field elements 845 of the form Each field instance has an associated value 871, whose type depends on the type of the coĪ€esponding field element Each field value records input through a particular pĪ€nted form instance, I e through one or more pĪ€nted netpages The form class diagram is shown in Figure 32 Each form instance has a status 872 which indicates whether the form is active, frozen, submitted, void or expired A form is active when first pĪ€nted A form becomes frozen once it is signed A form becomes submitted once one of its submission hyperlinks has been activated, unless the hyperlink has its "submit delta" attribute set A form becomes void when the user invokes a void form, reset form or duplicate form page command A form expires when the time the form has been active exceeds the form's specified lifetime While the form is active, form input is allowed Input through - 17 - a form which is not active is instead captured in the background field 833 of the relevant page instance When the form is active or frozen, form submission is allowed Any attempt to submit a form when the form is not active or frozen is rejected, and instead elicits an form status report
Each form instance is associated (at 59) with any form instances deĪ€ved from it, thus providing a version history This allows all but the latest version of a form in a particular time peĪ€od to be excluded from a search
All input is captured as digital ink Digital ink 873 consists of a set of timestamped stroke groups 874, each of which consists of a set of styled strokes 875 Each stroke consists of a set of timestamped pen positions 876, each of which also includes pen oĪ€entation and nib force The digital ink class diagram is shown m Figure 33
A field element 845 can be a checkbox field 877, a text field 878, a drawing field 879, or a signature field 880 The field element class diagram is shown in Figure 34 Any digital ink captured in a field's zone 58 is assigned to the field
A checkbox field has an associated boolean value 881, as shown in Figure 35 Any mark (a tick, a cross, a stroke, a fill zigzag, etc ) captured in a checkbox field's zone causes a true value to be assigned to the field's value
A text field has an associated text value 882, as shown in Figure 36 Any digital ink captured in a text field's zone is automatically converted to text via online handwĪ€ting recognition, and the text is assigned to the field's value
Online handwĪ€ting recognition is well-understood (see, for example, Tappert, C , C Y Suen and T Wakahara, "The State of the Art On-Line HandwĪ€ting Recognition", IEEE Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence,
Vol 12, No 8, August 1990, the contents of which are herein incorporated by cross-reference)
A signature field has an associated digital signature value 883, as shown in Figure 37 Any digital ink captured in a signature field's zone is automatically venfied with respect to the identity of the owner of the pen, and a digital signature of the content of the form of which the field is part is generated and assigned to the field's value The digital signature is generated using the pen user's pĪ€vate signature key specific to the application which owns the form Online signature veĪ€fication is well-understood (see, for example, Plamondon, R and G Lorette, "Automatic Signature Venfication and WĪ€ter Identification - The State of the Art", Pattern Recognition, Vol 22, No 2, 1989, the contents of which are herein incorporated by cross-reference)
A field element is hidden if its "hidden" attnbute is set A hidden field element does not have an input zone on a page and does not accept input It can have an associated field value which is included m the form data when the form containing the field is submitted
"Editing" commands, such as stnke-throughs indicating deletion, can also be recognized in form fields Because the handwĪ€ting recognition algonthm works "online" (I e with access to the dynamics of the pen movement), rather than "offline" (I e with access only to a bitmap of pen markings), it can recognize run-on discretely- wntten characters with relatively high accuracy, without a wĪ€ter-dependent training phase A wĪ€ter-dependent model of handwriting is automatically generated over time, however, and can be generated up-front if necessary,
Digital ink, as already stated, consists of a sequence of strokes Any stroke which starts in a particular element's zone is appended to that element's digital ink stream, ready for interpretation Any stroke not appended to an object's digital ink stream is appended to the background field's digital ink stream
Digital ink captured m the background field is interpreted as a selection gesture CircumscĪ€ption of one or more objects is generally interpreted as a selection of the circumscĪ€bed objects, although the actual interpretation is application-specific Table 2 summaĪ€ses these vanous pen interactions with a netpage
Table 2 - Summary of pen interactions with a netpage
Figure imgf000020_0001
18 '
Figure imgf000021_0001
The system maintains a cuĪ€ent selection for each pen The selection consists simply of the most recent stroke captured in the background field The selection is cleared after an inactivity timeout to ensure predictable behavior
The raw digital ink captured in every field is retained on the netpage page server and is optionally transmitted with the form data when the form is submitted to the application This allows the application to inteĪ€ogate the raw digital ink should it suspect the oĪ€gmal conversion, such as the conversion of handwĪ€tten text This can, for example, involve human intervention at the application level for forms which fail certain application-specific consistency checks As an extension to this, the entire background area of a form can be designated as a drawing field The application can then decide on the basis of the presence of digital ink outside the explicit fields of the form, to route the form to a human operator, on the assumption that the user may have indicated amendments to the filled-m fields outside of those fields
Figure 38 shows a flowchart of the process of handling pen input relative to a netpage The process consists of receiving (at 884) a stroke from the pen, identifying (at 885) the page instance 830 to which the page ID 50 in the stroke refers, retĪ€eving (at 886) the page descnption 5, identifying (at 887) a formatted element 839 whose zone 58 the stroke intersects, determining (at 888) whether the formatted element coĪ€esponds to a field element, and if so appending (at 892) the received stroke to the digital ink of the field value 871 , interpreting (at 893) the accumulated digital ink of the field, and determining (at 894) whether the field is part of a hyperhnked group 866 and if so activating (at 895) the associated hyperlink, alternatively determining (at 889) whether the formatted element coĪ€esponds to a hyperlink element and if so activating (at 895) the corresponding hyperlink, alternatively, in the absence of an input field or hyperlink, appending (at 890) the received stroke to the digital ink of the background field 833, and copying (at 891) the received stroke to the cuĪ€ent selection 826 of the current pen, as maintained by the registration server
Figure 38a shows a detailed flowchart of step 893 in the process shown m Figure 38, where the accumulated digital ink of a field is inteĪ†reted according to the type of the field The process consists of determining (at 896) whether the field is a checkbox and (at 897) whether the digital ink represents a checkmark, and if so assigning (at 898) a true value to the field value, alternatively determining (at 899) whether the field is a text field and if so converting (at 900) the digital ink to computer text, with the help of the appropnate registration server, and assigning (at 901) the converted computer text to the field value, alternatively determining (at 902) whether the field is a signature field and if so veĪ€fymg (at 903) the digital ink as the signature of the pen's owner, with the help of the appropĪ€ate registration server, creating (at 904) a digital signature of the contents of the corresponding form, also with the help of the registration server and using the pen owner's pĪ€vate signature key relating to the coĪ€esponding application, and assigning (at 905) the digital signature to the field value
1.7.3 Page Server Commands
A page server command is a command which is handled locally by the page server It operates directly on form, page and document instances
A page server command 907 can be a void form command 908, a duplicate form command 909, a reset form - 19 - command 910, a get form status command 911, a duplicate page command 912, a reset page command 913, a get page status command 914, a duplicate document command 915, a reset document command 916, or a get document status command 917, as shown in Figure 39
A void form command voids the corresponding form instance A duplicate form command voids the coĪ€esponding form instance and then produces an active pĪ€nted copy of the cuĪ€ent form instance with field values preserved The copy contains the same hyperlink transaction IDs as the oĪ€ginal, and so is indistinguishable from the oĪ€ginal to an application A reset form command voids the coĪ€esponding form instance and then produces an active pĪ€nted copy of the form instance with field values discarded A get form status command produces a pĪ€nted report on the status of the coĪ€esponding form instance, including who published it, when it was pnnted, for whom it was pĪ€nted, and the form status of the form instance
Since a form hyperlink instance contains a transaction ID, the application has to be involved in producing a new form instance A button requesting a new form instance is therefore typically implemented as a hyperlink
A duplicate page command produces a pnnted copy of the coĪ€esponding page instance with the background field value preserved If the page contains a form or is part of a form, then the duplicate page command is inteĪ†reted as a duplicate form command A reset page command produces a pĪ€nted copy of the coĪ€esponding page instance with the background field value discarded If the page contains a form or is part of a form, then the reset page command is inteĪ†reted as a reset form command A get page status command produces a pĪ€nted report on the status of the coĪ€esponding page instance, including who published it, when it was pĪ€nted, for whom it was pnnted, and the status of any forms it contains or is part of The netpage logo which appears on every netpage is usually associated with a duplicate page element
When a page instance is duplicated with field values preserved, field values are pĪ€nted m their native form, l e a checkmark appears as a standard checkmark graphic, and text appears as typeset text Only drawings and signatures appear in their oĪ€ginal form, with a signature accompanied by a standard graphic indicating successful signature veĪ€fication A duplicate document command produces a pĪ€nted copy of the coĪ€esponding document instance with background field values preserved If the document contains any forms, then the duplicate document command duplicates the forms in the same way a duplicate form command does A reset document command produces a pnnted copy of the coĪ€espondmg document instance with background field values discarded If the document contains any forms, then the reset document command resets the forms in the same way a reset form command does A get document status command produces a pĪ€nted report on the status of the coĪ€esponding document instance, including who published it, when it was pĪ€nted, for whom it was pĪ€nted, and the status of any forms it contains
If the page server command's "on selected" attnbute is set, then the command operates on the page identified by the pen's cuĪ€ent selection rather than on the page containing the command This allows a menu of page server commands to be pĪ€nted If the target page doesn't contain a page server command element for the designated page server command, then the command is ignored
An application can provide application-specific handling by embedding the relevant page server command element in a hyperhnked group The page server activates the hyperlink associated with the hyperhnked group rather than executing the page server command
A page server command element is hidden if its "hidden" attnbute is set A hidden command element does not have an input zone on a page and so cannot be activated directly by a user It can, however, be activated via a page server command embedded in a different page, if that page server command has its "on selected" attnbute set 1.8 STANDARD FEATURES OF NETPAGES
In the prefeĪ€ed form, each netpage is pĪ€nted with the netpage logo at the bottom to indicate that it is a netpage and therefore has interactive properties The logo also acts as a copy button In most cases pressing the logo - 20 - produces a copy of the page In the case of a form, the button produces a copy of the entire form And in the case of a secure document, such as a ticket or coupon, the button elicits an explanatory note or advertising page
The default single-page copy function is handled directly by the relevant netpage page server Special copy functions are handled by linking the logo button to an application 1.9 USER HELP SYSTEM
In a prefeĪ€ed embodiment, the netpage pĪ€nter has a single button labelled "Help" When pressed it elicits a single page of information, including
â€ĸ status of pnnter connection
â€ĸ status of pĪ€nter consumables â€ĸ top-level help menu
â€ĸ document function menu
â€ĸ top-level netpage network directory
The help menu provides a hierarchical manual on how to use the netpage system The document function menu includes the following functions â€ĸ pĪ€nt a copy of a document
â€ĸ pnnt a clean copy of a form
â€ĸ pnnt the status of a document
A document function is initiated by simply pressing the button and then touching any page of the document The status of a document indicates who published it and when, to whom it was delivered, and to whom and when it was subsequently submitted as a form
The netpage network directory allows the user to navigate the hierarchy of publications and services on the network As an alternative, the user can call the netpage network "900" number "yellow pages" and speak to a human operator The operator can locate the desired document and route it to the user's pĪ€nter Depending on the document type, the publisher or the user pays the small "yellow pages" service fee The help page is obviously unavailable if the pĪ€nter is unable to pnnt In this case the "eĪ€or" light is lit and the user can request remote diagnosis over the network 2 PERSONALIZED PUBLICATION MODEL
In the following descĪ€ption, news is used as a canonical publication example to illustrate personalization mechanisms in the netpage system Although news is often used in the limited sense of newspaper and newsmagazine news, the intended scope in the present context is wider
In the netpage system, the editoĪ€al content and the advertising content of a news publication are personalized using different mechanisms The editonal content is personalized according to the reader's explicitly stated and implicitly captured interest profile The advertising content is personalized according to the reader's locality and demographic 2.1 EDITORIAL PERSONALIZATION A subscĪ€ber can draw on two kinds of news sources those that deliver news publications, and those that deliver news streams While news publications are aggregated and edited by the publisher, news streams are aggregated either by a news publisher or by a specialized news aggregator News publications typically correspond to traditional newspapers and newsmagazines, while news streams can be many and vaĪ€ed a "raw" news feed from a news service, a cartoon stĪ€p, a freelance wnter's column, a friend's bulletin board, or the reader's own e-mail The netpage publication server supports the publication of edited news publications as well as the aggregation of multiple news streams By handling the aggregation and hence the formatting of news streams selected directly by the reader, the server is able to place advertising on pages over which it otherwise has no editoĪ€al control
The subscnber builds a daily newspaper by selecting one or more contnbuting news publications, and - 21 - creating a personalized version of each The resulting daily editions are pnnted and bound together into a single newspaper The vanous members of a household typically express their different interests and tastes by selecting different daily publications and then customizing them
For each publication, the reader optionally selects specific sections Some sections appear daily, while others appear weekly The daily sections available from The New York Times online, for example, include "Page One Plus", "National", "International", "Opinion", "Business", "Arts/Living", "Technology", and "Sports" The set of available sections is specific to a publication, as is the default subset
The reader can extend the daily newspaper by creating custom sections, each one drawing on any number of news streams Custom sections might be created for e-mail and friends' announcements ("Personal"), or for momtonng news feeds for specific topics ("Alerts" or "Clippings")
For each section, the reader optionally specifies its size, either qualitatively (e g short, medium, or long), or numeĪ€cally (I e as a limit on its number of pages), and the desired proportion of advertising, either qualitatively (e g high, normal, low, none), or numeĪ€cally (I e as a percentage)
The reader also optionally expresses a preference for a large number of shorter articles or a small number of longer articles Each article is ideally wĪ€tten (or edited) in both short and long forms to support this preference
An article may also be wntten (or edited) m different versions to match the expected sophistication of the reader, for example to provide children's and adults' versions The appropĪ€ate version is selected according to the reader's age The reader can specify a "reading age" which takes precedence over their biological age
The articles which make up each section are selected and pĪ€ontized by the editors, and each is assigned a useful lifetime By default they are delivered to all relevant subscĪ€bers, m pĪ€oĪ€ty order, subject to space constraints in the subscnbers' ediUons
In sections where it is appropĪ€ate, the reader may optionally enable collaborative filteĪ€ng This is then applied to articles which have a sufficiently long lifetime Each article which qualifies for collaborative filteĪ€ng is pĪ€nted with rating buttons at the end of the article The buttons can provide an easy choice (e g "liked" and "disliked'), making it more likely that readers will bother to rate the article
Articles with high pĪ€oĪ€ties and short lifetimes are therefore effectively considered essential reading by the editors and are delivered to most relevant subscnbers
The reader optionally specifies a serendipity factor, either qualitatively (e g do or don't s pnse me), or numencally A high serendipity factor lowers the threshold used for matching duĪ€ng collaborative filteĪ€ng A high factor makes it more likely that the coĪ€esponding section will be filled to the reader's specified capacity A different serendipity factor can be specified for different days of the week
The reader also optionally specifies topics of particular interest within a section, and this modifies the pĪ€oĪ€ties assigned by the editors
The speed of the reader's Internet connection affects the quality at which images can be delivered The reader optionally specifies a preference for fewer images or smaller images or both If the number or size of images is not reduced, then images may be delivered at lower quality (I e at lower resolution or with greater compression)
At a global level, the reader specifies how quantities, dates, times and monetary values are localized This involves specifying whether units are impeĪ€al or metĪ€c, a local timezone and time format, and a local cuĪ€ency, and whether the localization consist of in situ translation or annotation These preferences are deĪ€ved from the reader's locality by default
To reduce reading difficulties caused by poor eyesight, the reader optionally specifies a global preference for a larger presentation Both text and images are scaled accordingly, and less information is accommodated on each page
The language m which a news publication is published, and its corresponding text encoding, is a property of the publication and not a preference expressed by the user However, the netpage system can be configured to provide - 22 - automatic translation services in vanous guises
2.2 ADVERTISING LOCALIZATION AND TARGETING
The personalization of the editonal content directly affects the advertising content, because advertising is typically placed to exploit the editoĪ€al context Travel ads, for example, are more likely to appear in a travel section than elsewhere The value of the editonal content to an advertiser (and therefore to the publisher) lies in its ability to attract large numbers of readers with the Ī€ght demographics
Effective advertising is placed on the basis of locality and demographics Locality determines proximity to particular services, retailers etc , and particular interests and concerns associated with the local community and environment Demographics determine general interests and preoccupations as well as likely spending patterns A news publisher's most profitable product is advertising "space", a multi-dimensional entity determined by the publication's geographic coverage, the size of its readership, its readership demographics, and the page area available for advertising
In the netpage system, the netpage publication server computes the approximate multi-dimensional size of a publication's saleable advertising space on a per-section basis, taking into account the publication's geographic coverage, the section's readership, the size of each reader's section edition, each reader's advertising proportion, and each reader's demographic
In compaĪ€son with other media, the netpage system allows the advertising space to be defined m greater detail, and allows smaller pieces of it to be sold separately It therefore allows it to be sold at closer to its true value
For example, the same advertising "slot" can be sold in varying proportions to several advertisers, with individual readers' pages randomly receiving the advertisement of one advertiser or another, overall preserving the proportion of space sold to each advertiser.
The netpage system allows advertising to be linked directly to detailed product information and online purchasing It therefore raises the intĪ€nsic value of the advertising space.
Because personalization and localization are handled automatically by netpage publication servers, an advertising aggregator can provide arbitranly broad coverage of both geography and demographics The subsequent disaggregation is efficient because it is automatic This makes it more cost-effective for publishers to deal with advertising aggregators than to directly capture advertising Even though the advertising aggregator is taking a proportion of advertising revenue, publishers may find the change profit-neutral because of the greater efficiency of aggregation The advertising aggregator acts as an intermediary between advertisers and publishers, and may place the same advertisement in multiple publications
It is worth noting that ad placement in a netpage publication can be more complex than ad placement in the publication's traditional counteĪ†art, because the publication's advertising space is more complex While ignoĪ€ng the full complexities of negotiations between advertisers, advertising aggregators and publishers, the preferred form of the netpage system provides some automated support for these negotiations, including support for automated auctions of advertising space Automation is particularly desirable for the placement of advertisements which generate small amounts of income, such as small or highly localized advertisements
Once placement has been negotiated, the aggregator captures and edits the advertisement and records it on a netpage ad server CoĪ€espondingly, the publisher records the ad placement on the relevant netpage publication server When the netpage publication server lays out each user's personalized publication, it picks the relevant advertisements from the netpage ad server. 2.3 USER PROFILES
2.3.1 Information Filtering
The personalization of news and other publications relies on an assortment of user-specific profile information, including: - 23 -
â€ĸ publication customizations
â€ĸ collaborative filtenng vectors
â€ĸ contact details
â€ĸ presentation preferences The customization of a publication is typically publication-specific, and so the customization information is maintained by the relevant netpage publication server
A collaborative filteĪ€ng vector consists of the user's ratings of a number of news items It is used to coĪ€elate different users' interests for the puĪ†oses of making recommendations Although there are benefits to maintaining a single collaborative filtenng vector independently of any particular publication, there are two reasons why it is more practical to maintain a separate vector for each publication there is likely to be more overlap between the vectors of subscnbers to the same publication than between those of subscnbers to different publications, and a publication is likely to want to present its users' collaborative filtenng vectors as part of the value of its brand, not to be found elsewhere Collaborative filtenng vectors are therefore also maintained by the relevant netpage publication server
Contact details, including name, street address, ZIP Code, state, country, telephone numbers, are global by nature, and are maintained by a netpage registration server
Presentation preferences, including those for quantities, dates and times, are likewise global and maintained
The localization of advertising relies on the locality indicated in the user's contact details, while the targeting of advertising relies on personal information such as date of birth, gender, mantal status, income, profession, education, or qualitative deĪ€vatives such as age range and income range
For those users who choose to reveal personal information for advertising puĪ†oses, the information is maintained by the relevant netpage registration server In the absence of such information, advertising can be targeted on the basis of the demographic associated with the user's ZIP or ZIP+4 Code
Each user, pen, pĪ€nter, application provider and application is assigned its own unique identifier, and the netpage registration server maintains the relationships between them, as shown in Figures 21, 22, 23 and 24 For registration puĪ†oses, a publisher is a special kind of application provider, and a publication is a special kind of application
Each user 800 may be authoĪ€zed to use any number of pĪ€nters 802, and each pĪ€nter may allow any number of users to use it Each user has a single default pĪ€nter (at 66), to which peĪ€odical publications are delivered by default, whilst pages pnnted on demand are delivered to the pnnter through which the user is interacting The server keeps track of which publishers a user has authoĪ€zed to pĪ€nt to the user's default pĪ€nter A publisher does not record the ID of any particular pnnter, but instead resolves the ID when it is required
When a user subscnbes 808 to a publication 807, the publisher 806 (I e application provider 803) is authoĪ€zed to pĪ€nt to a specified pnnter or the user's default pĪ€nter This authoĪ€zation can be revoked at any time by the user Each user may have several pens 801, but a pen is specific to a single user If a user is authoĪ€zed to use a particular pĪ€nter, then that pnnter recognizes any of the user's pens
The pen ID is used to locate the conespond g user profile maintained by a particular netpage registration server, via the DNS the usual way
A Web terminal 809 can be authoĪ€zed to pĪ€nt on a particular netpage pnnter, allowing Web pages and netpage documents encountered duĪ€ng Web browsing to be conveniently pĪ€nted on the nearest netpage pnnter
The netpage system can collect, on behalf of a pĪ€nter provider, fees and commissions on income earned through publications pĪ€nted on the provider's pĪ€nters Such income can include advertising fees, click-through fees, e- commerce commissions, and transaction fees If the pĪ€nter is owned by the user, then the user is the pĪ€nter provider
Each user also has a netpage account 820 which is used to accumulate micro-debits and credits (such as those - 24 - descĪ€bed m the preceding paragraph), contact details 815, including name, address and telephone numbers, global preferences 816, including pnvacy, delivery and localization settings, any number of biometĪ€c records 817, containing the user's encoded signature 818, fingeĪ†Ī€nt 819 etc, a handwriting model 819 automatically maintained by the system, and SET payment card accounts 821 with which e-commerce payments can be made 2.3.2 Favorites List
A netpage user can maintain a list 922 of "favoĪ€tes" - links to useful documents etc on the netpage network The list is maintained by the system on the user's behalf It is organized as a hierarchy of folders 924, a preferrred embodiment of which is shown in the class diagram in Figure 41 2.3.3 History List The system maintains a history list 929 on each user's behalf, containing links to documents etc accessed by the user through the netpage system It is organized as a date-ordered list, a prefeĪ€ed embodiment of which is shown in the class diagram Figure 42
2.4 INTELLIGENT PAGE LAYOUT
The netpage publication server automatically lays out the pages of each user's personalized publication on a section-by-section basis Since most advertisements are the form of pre-formatted rectangles, they are placed on the page before the editoĪ€al content
The advertising ratio for a section can be achieved with wildly varying advertising ratios on individual pages within the section, and the ad layout algoĪ€thm exploits this The algoĪ€thm is configured to attempt to co-locate closely tied editonal and advertising content, such as placing ads for roofing mateĪ€al specifically within the publication because of a special feature on do-it-yourself roofing repairs
The editoĪ€al content selected for the user, including text and associated images and graphics, is then laid out according to vanous aesthetic rules
The entire process, including the selection of ads and the selection of editoĪ€al content, must be iterated once the layout has converged, to attempt to more closely achieve the user's stated section size preference The section size preference can, however, be matched on average over time, allowing significant day-to-day vanations
2.5 DOCUMENT FORMAT
Once the document is laid out, it is encoded for efficient distĪ€bution and persistent storage on the netpage network
The pĪ€mary efficiency mechanism is the separation of information specific to a single user's edition and information shared between multiple users' editions The specific information consists of the page layout The shared information consists of the objects to which the page layout refers, including images, graphics, and pieces of text
A text object contains fully-formatted text represented in the Extensible Markup Language (XML) using the Extensible Stylesheet Language (XSL) XSL provides precise control over text formatting independently of the region into which the text is being set, which in this case is being provided by the layout The text object contains embedded language codes to enable automatic translation, and embedded hyphenation hints to aid with paragraph formatting
An image object encodes an image m the JPEG 2000 wavelet-based compressed image format A graphic object encodes a 2D graphic in Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) format
The layout itself consists of a seĪ€es of placed image and graphic objects, linked textflow objects through which text objects flow, hyperlinks and input fields as descnbed above, and watermark regions These layout objects are summaĪ€zed in Table 3 The layout uses a compact format suitable for efficient distnbution and storage
Table 3 - netpage layout objects
Figure imgf000027_0001
25
Figure imgf000028_0001
2.6 DOCUMENT DISTRIBUTION
As descĪ€bed above, for puĪ†oses of efficient distĪ€bution and persistent storage on the netpage network, a user-specific page layout is separated from the shared objects to which it refers When a subscĪ€bed publication is ready to be distĪ€buted, the netpage publication server allocates, with the help of the netpage ID server 12, a unique ID for each page, page instance, document, and document instance
The server computes a set of optimized subsets of the shared content and creates a multicast channel for each subset, and then tags each user-specific layout with the names of the multicast channels which will carry the shared content used by that layout The server then pointcasts each user's layouts to that user's pĪ€nter via the appropĪ€ate page server, and when the pointcasting is complete, multicasts the shared content on the specified channels After receiving its pomtcast, each page server and pĪ€nter subscnbes to the multicast channels specified in the page layouts DuĪ€ng the multicasts, each page server and pnnter extracts from the multicast streams those objects refeĪ€ed to by its page layouts The page servers persistently archive the received page layouts and shared content
Once a pĪ€nter has received all the objects to which its page layouts refer, the pĪ€nter re-creates the fully- populated layout and then rasteĪ€zes and pnnts it
Under normal circumstances, the pĪ€nter pĪ€nts pages faster than they can be delivered Assuming a quarter of each page is covered with images, the average page has a size of less than 400KB The pĪ€nter can therefore hold in excess of 100 such pages in its internal 64MB memory, allowing for temporary buffers etc The pnnter pĪ€nts at a rate of one page per second This is equivalent to 400KB or about 3Mbit of page data per second, which is similar to the highest expected rate of page data delivery over a broadband network
Even under abnormal circumstances, such as when the pnnter runs out of paper, it is likely that the user will be able to replenish the paper supply before the pnnter' s 100-page internal storage capacity is exhausted
However, if the pĪ€nter' s internal memory does fill up, then the pnnter will be unable to make use of a multicast when it first occurs The netpage publication server therefore allows pĪ€nters to submit requests for re-multicasts When a cĪ€tical number of requests is received or a timeout occurs, the server re-multicasts the coĪ€esponding shared objects
Once a document is pĪ€nted, a pĪ€nter can produce an exact duplicate at any time by retrieving its page layouts and contents from the relevant page server - 26 -
2.7 ON-DEMAND DOCUMENTS
When a netpage document is requested on demand, it can be personalized and delivered m much the same way as a peĪ€odical However, since there is no shared content, delivery is made directly to the requesting pnnter without the use of multicast When a non-netpage document is requested on demand, it is not personalized, and it is delivered via a designated netpage formatting server which reformats it as a netpage document A netpage formatting server is a special instance of a netpage publication server The netpage formatting server has knowledge of vanous Internet document formats, including Adobe's Portable Document Format (PDF), and Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) In the case of HTML, it can make use of the higher resolution of the pĪ€nted page to present Web pages in a multi-column format, with a table of contents It can automatically include all Web pages directly linked to the requested page The user can tune this behavior via a preference
The netpage formatting server makes standard netpage behavior, including interactivity and persistence, available on any Internet document, no matter what its oĪ€gin and format It hides knowledge of different document formats from both the netpage pĪ€nter and the netpage page server, and hides knowledge of the netpage system from Web servers
3 SECURITY
3.1 CRYPTOGRAPHY
Cryptography is used to protect sensitive information, both in storage and m transit, and to authenticate parties to a transaction There are two classes of cryptography widespread use secret-key cryptography and public-key cryptography The netpage network uses both classes of cryptography
Secret-key cryptography, also refeĪ€ed to as symmetric cryptography, uses the same key to encrypt and decrypt a message Two parties wishing to exchange messages must first arrange to securely exchange the secret key
Public-key cryptography, also refeĪ€ed to as asymmetĪ€c cryptography, uses two encryption keys The two keys are mathematically related in such a way that any message encrypted using one key can only be decrypted using the other key One of these keys is then published, while the other is kept pnvate The public key is used to encrypt any message intended for the holder of the pnvate key Once encrypted using the public key, a message can only be decrypted using the pnvate key Thus two parties can securely exchange messages without first having to exchange a secret key To ensure that the pnvate key is secure, it is normal for the holder of the pnvate key to generate the key pair
Public-key cryptography can be used to create a digital signature The holder of the pnvate key can create a known hash of a message and then encrypt the hash using the pnvate key Anyone can then venfy that the encrypted hash constitutes the "signature" of the holder of the pnvate key with respect to that particular message by decrypting the encrypted hash using the public key and venfying the hash against the message If the signature is appended to the message, then the recipient of the message can venfy both that the message is genuine and that it has not been altered in transit To make public-key cryptography work, there has to be a way to distĪ€bute public keys which prevents impersonation This is normally done using certificates and certificate authoĪ€ties A certificate authonty is a trusted third party which authenticates the connection between a public key and someone's identity The certificate authonty venfies the person's identity by examining identity documents, and then creates and signs a digital certificate containing the person's identity details and public key Anyone who trusts the certificate authonty can use the public key m the certificate with a high degree of certainty that it is genuine They just have to venfy that the certificate has indeed been signed by the certificate authonty, whose public key is well-known
In most transaction environments, public-key cryptography is only used to create digital signatures and to securely exchange secret session keys Secret-key cryptography is used for all other puĪ†oses
In the following discussion, when reference is made to the secure transmission of information between a - 27 - netpage pnnter and a server, what actually happens is that the pĪ€nter obtains the server's certificate, authenticates it with reference to the certificate authonty, uses the public key-exchange key in the certificate to exchange a secret session key with the server, and then uses the secret session key to encrypt the message data A session key, by definition, can have an arbitranly short lifetime 3.2 NETPAGE PRINTER SECURITY
Each netpage pĪ€nter is assigned a pair of unique identifiers at time of manufacture which are stored in readonly memory in the pĪ€nter and m the netpage registration server database The first ID 62 is public and uniquely identifies the pnnter on the netpage network The second ID is secret and is used when the pnnter is first registered on the network When the pnnter connects to the netpage network for the first time after installation, it creates a signature public/pnvate key pair It transmits the secret ID and the public key securely to the netpage registration server The server compares the secret ID against the pnnter' s secret ID recorded in its database, and accepts the registration if the IDs match It then creates and signs a certificate containing the pnnter' s public ID and public signature key, and stores the certificate in the registration database
The netpage registration server acts as a certificate authonty for netpage pĪ€nters, since it has access to secret information allowing it to venfy pĪ€nter identity
When a user subscĪ€bes to a publication, a record is created in the netpage registration server database authonzing the publisher to pnnt the publication to the user's default pĪ€nter or a specified pĪ€nter Every document sent to a pĪ€nter via a page server is addressed to a particular user and is signed by the publisher using the publisher's pnvate signature key The page server veĪ€fies, via the registration database, that the publisher is authoĪ€zed to deliver the publication to the specified user The page server veĪ€fies the signature using the publisher's public key, obtained from the publisher's certificate stored m the registration database
The netpage registration server accepts requests to add pnnting authoĪ€zations to the database, so long as those requests are initiated via a pen registered to the pnnter 3.3 NETPAGE PEN SECURITY Each netpage pen is assigned a unique identifier at time of manufacture which is stored in read-only memory in the pen and in the netpage registration server database The pen ID 61 uniquely identifies the pen on the netpage network
A netpage pen can "know" a number of netpage pĪ€nters, and a pĪ€nter can "know" a number of pens A pen communicates with a pĪ€nter via a radio frequency signal whenever it is within range of the pĪ€nter Once a pen and pnnter are registered, they regularly exchange session keys Whenever the pen transmits digital ink to the pĪ€nter, the digital ink is always encrypted using the appropĪ€ate session key Digital ink is never transmitted in the clear
A pen stores a session key for every pĪ€nter it knows, indexed by pĪ€nter ID, and a pĪ€nter stores a session key for every pen it knows, indexed by pen ID Both have a large but finite storage capacity for session keys, and will forget a session key on a least-recently-used basis if necessary When a pen comes within range of a pĪ€nter, the pen and pnnter discover whether they know each other If they don't know each other, then the pĪ€nter determines whether it is supposed to know the pen This might be, for example, because the pen belongs to a user who is registered to use the pnnter If the pnnter is meant to know the pen but doesn't, then it initiates the automatic pen registration procedure If the pĪ€nter isn't meant to know the pen, then it agrees with the pen to ignore it until the pen is placed in a charging cup, at which time it initiates the registration procedure In addition to its public ID, the pen contains a secret key-exchange key The key-exchange key is also recorded m the netpage registration server database at time of manufacture DuĪ€ng registration, the pen transmits its pen ID to the pĪ€nter, and the pnnter transmits the pen ID to the netpage registration server The server generates a session key for the pĪ€nter and pen to use, and securely transmits the session key to the pĪ€nter It also transmits a copy of the session key encrypted with the pen's key-exchange key The pnnter stores the session key internally, indexed by the pen ID, and - 28 - transmΚts the encrypted session key to the pen The pen stores the session key internally, indexed by the pĪ€nter ID
Although a fake pen can impersonate a pen in the pen registration protocol, only a real pen can decrypt the session key transmitted by the pĪ€nter
When a previously unregistered pen is first registered, it is of limited use until it is linked to a user A registered but "un-owned" pen is only allowed to be used to request and fill in netpage user and pen registration forms, to register a new user to which the new pen is automatically linked, or to add a new pen to an existing user
The pen uses secret-key rather than public-key encryption because of hardware performance constraints in the pen
3.4 SECURE DOCUMENTS The netpage system supports the delivery of secure documents such as tickets and coupons The netpage pĪ€nter includes a facility to pĪ€nt watermarks, but will only do so on request from publishers who are suitably authoĪ€zed The publisher indicates its authonty to pĪ€nt watermarks in its certificate, which the pĪ€nter is able to authenticate
The "watermark" pĪ€nting process uses an alternative dither matĪ€x in specified "watermark" regions of the page Back-to-back pages contain minor-image watermark regions which coincide when pĪ€nted The dither matnces used in odd and even pages' watermark regions are designed to produce an interference effect when the regions are viewed together, achieved by looking through the pĪ€nted sheet
The effect is similar to a watermark in that it is not visible when looking at only one side of the page, and is lost when the page is copied by normal means
Pages of secure documents cannot be copied using the built-m netpage copy mechanism descĪ€bed in Section 1 9 above This extends to copying netpages on netpage-aware photocopiers
Secure documents are typically generated as part of e-commerce transactions They can therefore include the user's photograph which was captured when the user registered biometĪ€c information with the netpage registration server, as descĪ€bed in Section 2
When presented with a secure netpage document, the recipient can venfy its authenticity by requesting its status in the usual way The unique ID of a secure document is only valid for the lifetime of the document, and secure document IDs are allocated non-contiguously to prevent their prediction by opportunistic forgers A secure document veĪ€fication pen can be developed with built-in feedback on veĪ€fication failure, to support easy point-of-presentation document veĪ€fication
Clearly neither the watermark nor the user's photograph are secure m a cryptographic sense They simply provide a significant obstacle to casual forgery Online document venfication, particularly using a veĪ€fication pen, provides an added level of secuĪ€ty where it is needed, but is still not entirely immune to forgeĪ€es
3.5 NON-REPUDIATION
In the netpage system, forms submitted by users are delivered reliably to forms handlers and are persistently archived on netpage page servers It is therefore impossible for recipients to repudiate delivery E-commerce payments made through the system, as descnbed in Section 4, are also impossible for the payee to repudiate
4 ELECTRONIC COMMERCE MODEL
4.1 SECURE ELECTRONIC TRANSACTION (SET)
The netpage system uses the Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) system as one of its payment systems SET, having been developed by MasterCard and Visa, is organized around payment cards, and this is reflected in the terminology However, much of the system is independent of the type of accounts being used
In SET, cardholders and merchants register with a certificate authonty and are issued with certificates containing their public signature keys The certificate authonty veĪ€fies a cardholder's registration details with the card issuer as appropĪ€ate, and veĪ€fies a merchant's registration details with the acquirer as appropĪ€ate Cardholders and - 29 - merchants store their respective pnvate signature keys securely on their computers DuĪ€ng the payment process, these certificates are used to mutually authenticate a merchant and cardholder, and to authenticate them both to the payment gateway
SET has not yet been adopted widely, partly because cardholder maintenance of keys and certificates is considered burdensome InteĪ€m solutions which maintain cardholder keys and certificates on a server and give the cardholder access via a password have met with some success 4.2 SET PAYMENTS
In the netpage system the netpage registration server acts as a proxy for the netpage user (I e the cardholder) in SET payment transactions The netpage system uses biometĪ€cs to authenticate the user and authoĪ€ze SET payments Because the system is pen-based, the biometnc used is the user's on-line signature, consisting of time- varying pen position and pressure A fingeĪ†Ī€nt biometĪ€c can also be used by designing a fmgeĪ†Ī€nt sensor into the pen, although at a higher cost The type of biometĪ€c used only affects the capture of the biometnc, not the authonzation aspects of the system
The first step to being able to make SET payments is to register the user's biometĪ€c with the netpage registration server This is done in a controlled environment, for example a bank, where the biometnc can be captured at the same time as the user's identity is veĪ€fied The biometnc is captured and stored in the registration database, linked to the user's record The user's photograph is also optionally captured and linked to the record The SET cardholder registration process is completed, and the resulting pnvate signature key and certificate are stored in the database The user's payment card information is also stored, giving the netpage registration server enough information to act as the user' s proxy in any SET payment transaction
When the user eventually supplies the biometĪ€c to complete a payment, for example by signing a netpage order form, the pĪ€nter securely transmits the order information, the pen ID and the biometnc data to the netpage registration server The server venfies the biometnc with respect to the user identified by the pen ID, and from then on acts as the user's proxy in completing the SET payment transaction 4.3 MICRO-PAYMENTS
The netpage system includes a mechanism for micro-payments, to allow the user to be conveniently charged for pĪ€nting low-cost documents on demand and for copying copyĪ€ght documents, and possibly also to allow the user to be reimbursed for expenses mcuĪ€ed in pĪ€nting advertising matenal The latter depends on the level of subsidy already provided to the user When the user registers for e-commerce, a network account is established which aggregates micro-payments
The user receives a statement on a regular basis, and can settle any outstanding debit balance using the standard payment mechanism
The network account can be extended to aggregate subscĪ€ption fees for penodicals, which would also otherwise be presented to the user in the form of individual statements 4.4 TRANSACTIONS
When a user requests a netpage in a particular application context, the application is able to embed a user- specific transaction ID 55 in the page Subsequent input through the page is tagged with the transaction ID, and the application is thereby able to establish an appropĪ€ate context for the user's input
When input occurs through a page which is not user-specific, however, the application must use the user's unique identity to establish a context A typical example involves adding items from a pre-pĪ€nted catalog page to the user's virtual "shopping cart" To protect the user's pnvacy, however, the unique user ID 60 known to the netpage system is not divulged to applications This is to prevent different application providers from easily coĪ€elating independently accumulated behavioral data
The netpage registration server instead maintains an anonymous relationship between a user and an - 30 - apphcation via a unique alias ID 65, as shown in Figure 24 Whenever the user activates a hyperlink tagged with the "registered" attnbute, the netpage page server asks the netpage registration server to translate the associated application ID 64, together with the pen ID 61, into an alias ID 65 The alias ID is then submitted to the hyperlink's application
The application maintains state information indexed by alias ID, and is able to retĪ€eve user-specific state information without knowledge of the global identity of the user
The system also maintains an independent certificate and pnvate signature key for each of a user's applications, to allow it to sign application transactions on behalf of the user using only application-specific information
To assist the system in routing product bar code (UPC) "hyperlink" activations, the system records a favoĪ€te application on behalf of the user for any number of product types Each application is associated with an application provider, and the system maintains an account on behalf of each application provider, to allow it to credit and debit the provider for click-through fees etc
An application provider can be a publisher of peĪ€odical subscnbed content The system records the user's willingness to receive the subscnbed publication, as well as the expected frequency of publication 4.5 RESOURCE DESCRIPTIONS AND COPYRIGHT A prefeĪ€ed embodiment of a resource descĪ€ption class diagram is shown in Figure 40
Each document and content object may be descĪ€bed by one or more resource descnptions 842 Resource descĪ€ptions use the Dublin Core metadata element set, which is designed to facilitate discovery of electronic resources Dublin Core metadata conforms to the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Resource DescĪ€ption Framework (RDF)
A resource descĪ€ption may identify Ī€ghts holders 920 The netpage system automatically transfers copyĪ€ght fees from users to Ī€ghts holders when users pĪ€nt copyĪ€ght content 5 COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS
A communications protocol defines an ordered exchange of messages between entities In the netpage system, entities such as pens, pnnters and servers utilise a set of defined protocols to cooperatively handle user interaction with the netpage system Each protocol is illustrated by way of a sequence diagram in which the hoĪ€zontal dimension is used to represent message flow and the vertical dimension is used to represent time Each entity is represented by a rectangle containing the name of the entity and a vertical column representing the lifeline of the entity DuĪ€ng the time an entity exists, the lifeline is shown as a dashed line DuĪ€ng the time an entity is active, the lifeline is shown as a double line Because the protocols considered here do not create or destroy entities, lifelines are generally cut short as soon as an entity ceases to participate in a protocol
5.1 SUBSCRIPTION DELIVERY PROTOCOL
A prefeĪ€ed embodiment of a subscĪ€ption delivery protocol is shown in Figure 43
A large number of users may subscnbe to a peĪ€odical publication Each user's edition may be laid out differently, but many users' editions will share common content such as text objects and image objects The subscĪ€ption delivery protocol therefore delivers document structures to individual pĪ€nters via pomtcast, but delivers shared content objects via multicast
The application (l e publisher) first obtains a document ID 51 for each document from an ID server 12 It then sends each document structure, including its document ID and page descĪ€ptions, to the page server 10 responsible for the document's newly allocated ID It includes its own application ID 64, the subscnber's alias ID 65, and the relevant set of multicast channel names It signs the message using its pnvate signature key
The page server uses the application ID and alias ID to obtain from the registration server the coĪ€esponding user ID 60, the user's selected pnnter ID 62 (which may be explicitly selected for the application, or may be the user's default pĪ€nter), and the application's certificate
The application's certificate allows the page server to venfy the message signature The page server's request - 31 - to the registration server fails if the application ID and alias ID don't together identify a subscĪ€ption 808
The page server then allocates document and page instance IDs and forwards the page descnptions, including page IDs 50, to the pĪ€nter It includes the relevant set of multicast channel names for the pĪ€nter to listen to It then returns the newly allocated page IDs to the application for future reference Once the application has distĪ€buted all of the document structures to the subscnbers' selected pnnters via the relevant page servers, it multicasts the vanous subsets of the shared objects on the previously selected multicast channels Both page servers and pĪ€nters monitor the appropĪ€ate multicast channels and receive their required content objects They are then able to populate the previously pomtcast document structures This allows the page servers to add complete documents to their databases, and it allows the pĪ€nters to pnnt the documents 5.2 HYPERLINK ACTIVATION PROTOCOL
A prefeĪ€ed embodiment of a hyperlink activation protocol is shown in Figure 45
When a user clicks on a netpage with a netpage pen, the pen communicates the click to the nearest netpage pĪ€nter 601 The click identifies the page and a location on the page The pĪ€nter already knows the ID 61 of the pen from the pen connection protocol The pĪ€nter determines, via the DNS, the network address of the page server 10a handling the particular page
ID 50 The address may already be in its cache if the user has recently interacted with the same page The pnnter then forwards the pen ID, its own pnnter ID 62, the page ID and click location to the page server
The page server loads the page descĪ€ption 5 identified by the page ID and determines which input element's zone 58, if any, the click lies in Assuming the relevant input element is a hyperlink element 844, the page server then obtains the associated application ID 64 and link ID 54, and determines, via the DNS, the network address of the application server hosting the application 71
The page server uses the pen ID 61 to obtain the conespondmg user ID 60 from the registration server 11, and then allocates a globally unique hyperlink request ID 52 and builds a hyperlink request 934 The hyperlink request class diagram is shown m Figure 44 The hyperlink request records the IDs of the requesting user and pĪ€nter, and identifies the clicked hyperlink instance 862 The page server then sends its own server ID 53, the hyperlink request ID, and the link ID to the application
The application produces a response document according to application-specific logic, and obtains a document ID 51 from an ID server 12 It then sends the document to the page server 10b responsible for the document's newly allocated ID, together with the requesting page server's ID and the hyperlink request ID The second page server sends the hyperlink request ID and application ID to the first page server to obtain the corresponding user ID and pĪ€nter ID 62 The first page server rejects the request if the hyperlink request has expired or is for a different application
The second page server allocates document instance and page IDs 50, returns the newly allocated page IDs to the application, adds the complete document to its own database, and finally sends the page descnptions to the requesting pĪ€nter
The hyperlink instance may include a meaningful transaction ID 55, in which case the first page server includes the transaction ID in the message sent to the application This allows the application to establish a transaction- specific context for the hyperlink activation
If the hyperlink requires a user alias, I e its "alias required" attnbute is set, then the first page server sends both the pen ID 61 and the hyperlink's application ID 64 to the registration server 11 to obtain not just the user ID coĪ€esponding to the pen ID but also the alias ID 65 coĪ€esponding to the application ID and the user ID It includes the alias ID in the message sent to the application, allowing the application to establish a user-specific context for the hyperlink activation - 32 -
5.3 HANDWRITING RECOGNITION PROTOCOL
When a user draws a stroke on a netpage with a netpage pen, the pen communicates the stroke to the nearest netpage pĪ€nter The stroke identifies the page and a path on the page
The pnnter forwards the pen ID 61, its own pĪ€nter ID 62, the page ID 50 and stroke path to the page server 10 in the usual way
The page server loads the page descĪ€ption 5 identified by the page ID and determines which input element's zone 58, if any, the stroke intersects Assuming the relevant input element is a text field 878, the page server appends the stroke to the text field's digital ink
After a penod of inactivity in the zone of the text field, the page server sends the pen ID and the pending strokes to the registration server 11 for teĪ†retation The registration server identifies the user coĪ€esponding to the pen, and uses the user's accumulated handwriting model 822 to mteĪ†ret the strokes as handwĪ€tten text Once it has converted the strokes to text, the registration server returns the text to the requesting page server The page server appends the text to the text value of the text field
5.4 SIGNATURE VERIFICATION PROTOCOL Assuming the input element whose zone the stroke intersects is a signature field 880, the page server 10 appends the stroke to the signature field's digital ink
After a penod of inactivity m the zone of the signature field, the page server sends the pen ID 61 and the pending strokes to the registration server 11 for venfication It also sends the application ID 64 associated with the form of which the signature field is part, as well as the form ID 56 and the cuĪ€ent data content of the form The registration server identifies the user corresponding to the pen, and uses the user's dynamic signature biometnc 818 to venfy the strokes as the user's signature Once it has veĪ€fied the signature, the registration server uses the application ID 64 and user ID 60 to identify the user's application-specific pnvate signature key It then uses the key to generate a digital signature of the form data, and returns the digital signature to the requesting page server The page server assigns the digital signature to the signature field and sets the associated form's status to frozen The digital signature includes the alias ID 65 of the coĪ€esponding user This allows a single form to capture multiple users' signatures
5.5 FORM SUBMISSION PROTOCOL
A prefeĪ€ed embodiment of a form submission protocol is shown m Figure 46
Form submission occurs via a form hyperlink activation It thus follows the protocol defined in Section 5 2, with some form-specific additions
In the case of a form hyperlink, the hyperlink activation message sent by the page server 10 to the application
71 also contains the form ID 56 and the cuĪ€ent data content of the form If the form contains any signature fields, then the application veĪ€fies each one by extracting the alias ID 65 associated with the corresponding digital signature and obtaining the corresponding certificate from the registration server 11 5.6 COMMISSION PAYMENT PROTOCOL
A prefeĪ€ed embodiment of a commission payment protocol is shown m Figure 47
In an e-commerce environment, fees and commissions may be payable from an application provider to a publisher on click-throughs, transactions and sales Commissions on fees and commissions on commissions may also be payable from the publisher to the provider of the pĪ€nter The hyperlink request ID 52 is used to route a fee or commission credit from the target application provider
70a (e g merchant) to the source application provider 70b (I e publisher), and from the source application provider 70b to the pĪ€nter provider 72
The target application receives the hyperlink request ID from the page server 10 when the hyperlink is first activated, as descĪ€bed in Section 5 2 When the target application needs to credit the source application provider, it sends - 33 - the application provider credit to the oĪ€ginal page server together with the hyperlink request ID The page server uses the hyperlink request ID to identify the source application, and sends the credit on to the relevant registration server 11 together with the source application ID 64, its own server ID 53, and the hyperlink request ID The registration server credits the coĪ€esponding application provider's account 827 It also notifies the application provider If the application provider needs to credit the pĪ€nter provider, it sends the pĪ€nter provider credit to the onginal page server together with the hyperlink request ID The page server uses the hyperlink request ID to identify the pnnter, and sends the credit on to the relevant registration server together with the pnnter ID The registration server credits the coĪ€esponding pĪ€nter provider account 814
The source application provider is optionally notified of the identity of the target application provider, and the pĪ€nter provider of the identity of the source application provider 6. NETPAGE PEN DESCRIPTION
6.1 PEN MECHANICS
ReferĪ€ng to Figures 8 and 9, the pen, generally designated by reference numeral 101, includes a housing 102 m the form of a plastics moulding having walls 103 defining an inteĪ€or space 104 for mounting the pen components The pen top 105 is in operation rotatably mounted at one end 106 of the housing 102 A semi-transparent cover 107 is secured to the opposite end 108 of the housing 102 The cover 107 is also of moulded plastics, and is formed from semi- transparent mateĪ€al in order to enable the user to view the status of the LED mounted within the housing 102 The cover 107 includes a main part 109 which substantially surrounds the end 108 of the housing 102 and a projecting portion 110 which projects back from the ma part 109 and fits withm a corresponding slot 111 formed m the walls 103 of the housing 102 A radio antenna 112 is mounted behind the projecting portion 110, within the housing 102 Screw threads 113 suĪ€ounding an aperture 113A on the cover 107 are arranged to receive a metal end piece 114, including coĪ€esponding screw threads 115 The metal end piece 114 is removable to enable ink cartridge replacement
Also mounted within the cover 107 is a tn-color status LED 116 on a flex PCB 117 The antenna 112 is also mounted on the flex PCB 117 The status LED 116 is mounted at the top of the pen 101 for good all-around visibility The pen can operate both as a normal marking ink pen and as a non-marking stylus An ink pen cartridge 118 with nib 119 and a stylus 120 with stylus nib 121 are mounted side by side within the housing 102 Either the ink cartridge nib 119 or the stylus nib 121 can be brought forward through open end 122 of the metal end piece 114, by rotation of the pen top 105 Respective slider blocks 123 and 124 are mounted to the ink cartridge 118 and stylus 120, respectively A rotatable cam baĪ€el 125 is secured to the pen top 105 in operation and aĪ€anged to rotate therewith The cam baĪ€el 125 includes a cam 126 in the form of a slot within the walls 181 of the cam baĪ€el Cam followers 127 and 128 projecting from slider blocks 123 and 124 fit within the cam slot 126 On rotation of the cam baĪ€el 125, the slider blocks 123 or 124 move relative to each other to project either the pen nib 119 or stylus nib 121 out through the hole 122 in the metal end piece 114 The pen 101 has three states of operation By turning the top 105 through 90° steps, the three states are â€ĸ Stylus 120 nib 121 out,
â€ĸ Ink cartridge 118 nib 119 out, and
â€ĸ Neither ink cartndge 118 nib 119 out nor stylus 120 nib 121 out
A second flex PCB 129, is mounted on an electronics chassis 130 which sits within the housing 102 The second flex PCB 129 mounts an infrared LED 131 for providing infrared radiation for projection onto the surface An image sensor 132 is provided mounted on the second flex PCB 129 for receiving reflected radiation from the surface The second flex PCB 129 also mounts a radio frequency chip 133, which includes an RF transmitter and RF receiver, and a controller chip 134 for controlling operation of the pen 101 An optics block 135 (formed from moulded clear plastics) sits within the cover 107 and projects an infrared beam onto the surface and receives images onto the image sensor 132 Power supply wires 136 connect the components on the second flex PCB 129 to battery contacts 137 which are mounted - 34 - within the cam banel 125 A terminal 138 connects to the battery contacts 137 and the cam baĪ€el 125 A three volt rechargeable battery 139 sits within the cam baĪ€el 125 in contact with the battery contacts An induction charging coil 140 is mounted about the second flex PCB 129 to enable recharging of the battery 139 via induction The second flex PCB 129 also mounts an infrared LED 143 and infrared photodiode 144 for detecting displacement in the cam barrel 125 when either the stylus 120 or the ink cartndge 118 is used for wĪ€tmg, in order to enable a determination of the force being applied to the surface by the pen nib 119 or stylus nib 121 The IR photodiode 144 detects light from the IR LED 143 via reflectors (not shown) mounted on the slider blocks 123 and 124
Rubber gĪ€p pads 141 and 142 are provided towards the end 108 of the housing 102 to assist gĪ€pping the pen 101, and top 105 also includes a clip 142 for clipping the pen 101 to a pocket 6.2 PEN CONTROLLER
The pen 101 is aĪ€anged to determine the position of its nib (stylus nib 121 or ink cartndge nib 119) by imaging, in the infrared spectrum, an area of the surface m the vicinity of the nib It records the location data from the nearest location tag, and is aĪ€anged to calculate the distance of the nib 121 or 119 from the location tab utilising optics
135 and controller chip 134 The controller chip 134 calculates the oĪ€entation of the pen and the nib-to-tag distance from the perspective distortion observed on the imaged tag
Utilising the RF chip 133 and antenna 112 the pen 101 can transmit the digital ink data (which is encrypted for secunty and packaged for efficient transmission) to the computing system
When the pen is in range of a receiver, the digital ink data is transmitted as it is formed When the pen 101 moves out of range, digital ink data is buffered within the pen 101 (the pen 101 circuitry includes a buffer arranged to store digital mk data for approximately 12 minutes of the pen motion on the surface) and can be transmitted later
The controller chip 134 is mounted on the second flex PCB 129 in the pen 101 Figure 10 is a block diagram illustrating in more detail the architecture of the controller chip 134 Figure 10 also shows representations of the RF chip 133, the image sensor 132, the tn-color status LED 116, the IR illumination LED 131, the IR force sensor LED 143, and the force sensor photodiode 144 The pen controller chip 134 includes a controlling processor 145 Bus 146 enables the exchange of data between components of the controller chip 134 Flash memory 147 and a 512 KB DRAM 148 are also included An analog-to-digital converter 149 is arranged to convert the analog signal from the force sensor photodiode 144 to a digital signal
An image sensor interface 152 interfaces with the image sensor 132 A transceiver controller 153 and base band circuit 154 are also included to interface with the RF chip 133 which includes an RF circuit 155 and RF resonators and inductors 156 connected to the antenna 112
The controlling processor 145 captures and decodes location data from tags from the surface via the image sensor 132, monitors the force sensor photodiode 144, controls the LEDs 116, 131 and 143, and handles short-range radio communication via the radio transceiver 153 It is a medium-performance (~40MHz) general-puĪ†ose RISC processor The processor 145, digital transceiver components (transceiver controller 153 and baseband circuit 154), image sensor interface 152, flash memory 147 and 512KB DRAM 148 are integrated in a single controller ASIC Analog RF components (RF circuit 155 and RF resonators and inductors 156) are provided in the separate RF chip
The image sensor is a 215x215 pixel CCD (such a sensor is produced by Matsushita Electronic CoĪ†oration, and is descĪ€bed in a paper by Itakura, K T Nobusada, N Okusenya, R Nagayoshi, and M Ozaki, "A 1mm 50k-PΚxel IT CCD Image Sensor for Miniature Camera System", IEEE Transactions on Electronic Devices, Volt 47, number 1, January 2000, which is mcoĪ†orated herein by reference) with an IR filter
The controller ASIC 134 enters a quiescent state after a penod of inactivity when the pen 101 is not in contact with a surface It incorporates a dedicated circuit 150 which monitors the force sensor photodiode 144 and wakes up the controller 134 via the power manager 151 on a pen-down event - 35 -
The radio transceiver communicates m the unlicensed 900MHz band normally used by cordless telephones, or alternatively m the unlicensed 2 4GHz mdustĪ€al, scientific and medical (ISM) band, and uses frequency hopping and collision detection to provide interference-free communication
In an alternative embodiment, the pen mcoĪ†orates an Infrared Data Association (IrDA) interface for short- range communication with a base station or netpage pnnter
In a further embodiment, the pen 101 includes a pair of orthogonal accelerometers mounted in the normal plane of the pen 101 axis The accelerometers 190 are shown in Figures 9 and 10 in ghost outline
The provision of the accelerometers enables this embodiment of the pen 101 to sense motion without reference to surface location tags, allowing the location tags to be sampled at a lower rate Each location tag ID can then identify an object of interest rather than a position on the surface For example, if the object is a user interface input element (e g a command button), then the tag ID of each location tag within the area of the input element can directly identify the input element
The acceleration measured by the accelerometers in each of the x and y directions is integrated with respect to time to produce an instantaneous velocity and position Since the starting position of the stroke is not known, only relative positions within a stroke are calculated
Although position integration accumulates eĪ€ors in the sensed acceleration, accelerometers typically have high resolution, and the time duration of a stroke, over which errors accumulate, is short 7. NETPAGE PRINTER DESCRIPTION
7.1 PRINTER MECHANICS The vertically-mounted netpage wallpĪ€nter 601 is shown fully assembled m Figures 11 and 12 As best shown in Figures 12, 12a and 68, it pĪ€nts netpages on A4 sized media using duplexed δ'/i" Memjetâ„ĸ pĪ€nt engines 602 and 603 It uses a straight paper path with the paper 604 passing through duplexed pnnt engines 602 and 603 which pĪ€nt both sides of a sheet simultaneously, full color and with full bleed A multi-DSP raster image processor (RIP) rasteĪ€zes pages to internal memory, and a pair of custom pĪ€nt engine controllers expand, dither and pnnt page images to the duplexed pnntheads m real time
An integral binding assembly 605 applies a stĪ€p of glue along one edge of each pnnted sheet, allowing it to adhere to the previous sheet when pressed against it This creates a final bound document 618 which can range in thickness from one sheet to several hundred sheets The binding assembly will be considered in close detail below with particular reference to Figures 62, 63 and 64 ReferĪ€ng to Figures 11, 12, 12a, 13 and 53 to 58, the wallpĪ€nter 601 consists of a main chassis 606, which accommodates all major components and assemblies As best shown in Figure 58, it has a pivoting media tray 607 on the front upper portion, which is covered by a front molding 608 and handle molding 609 The front molding 608, handle molding 609 and lower front molding 610 can vary in color, texture and finish to make the product more appealing to consumers They simply clip onto the front of the wallpnnter 601 Figures 59 and 60 show the wallpĪ€nter electĪ€cal system in isolation A flexible pĪ€nted circuit board (flex
PCB) 611 runs from the media tray 607 to the mam PCB 612 It includes four different color LEDs 613, 614, 615 and 616 and a push button 617 The LEDs show through the front molding and indicate "on" 613, "ink out" 614, "paper out" 615, and "error" 616 The push button 617 elicits pnnted "help" in the form of usage instructions, pnnter and consumable status information, and a directory of resources on the netpage network PĪ€nted, bound documents 618 exit through the base of the wallpĪ€nter 601 into a clear, plastic, removable collection tray 619 This is discussed in greater detail below with specific reference to Figure 64
The wallpĪ€nter 601 is powered by an internal 110V/220V power supply 620 and has a metal mounting plate 621 that is secured to a wall or stable vertical surface by four screws Plunged keyhole slot details 622 in the metal plate 621 allow for four spigots mounted on the rear of the pĪ€nter to hook onto the plate The wallpĪ€nter 601 is prevented from - 36 - being lifted off by a screw that locates the chassis molding 606 to the plate 621 at one position behind the media tray 607
ReferĪ€ng to Figures 53, 65 and 66, the side of the wallpĪ€nter 601 includes a module bay 624 which accommodates a network interface module 625 which allows the pĪ€nter to be connected to the netpage network and to a local computer or network The interface module 625 can be selected and installed m the factory or in the field to provide the interfaces required by the user The modules may have common connector options, such as IEEE 1394 (Firewire) connection, standard Centronics pĪ€nter port connection or a combined USB2 649 and Ethernet 650 connection This allows the consumer to connect the wallpĪ€nter 601 to a computer or use it as a network pĪ€nter Figure 66 shows the exploded assembly of the module 625 The interface module PCB 651 , (with gold contact edge stĪ€ps) plugs directly into the main wallpĪ€nter PCB 612 via an edge connector 654 The different connector configurations are accommodated in the module design by use of a tool insert 652 Finger recesses 653 on either side of the module 625 allow for easy manual insertion or removal
Turning to Figure 68, the main PCB 612 is attached to the rear of the chassis 606 The board 612 interfaces through the chassis molding 606 to the interface module 625 The PCB 612 also carĪ€es the necessary peĪ€pheral electronics to the Memjetâ„ĸ pnntheads 705 This includes a main CPU with two 32MB DRAMs, flash memory, IEEE 1394 interface chip, six motor controllers, vanous sensor connectors, interface module PCB edge connector, power management, internal/external data connectors and a QA chip
Figure 58 shows the front hatch access to the paper 604 and the mk cartndge 627 ReferĪ€ng to Figure 67, paper 604 is placed into a hinged top tray 607 and pressed down onto a sprung platen 666 The tray 607 is mounted to the chassis 606 via hinges 700 Each hinge has a base, a h ge lever and a hinge side Pivots on the base and paper/media tray 607 engage the lever and side such that the paper/media tray 607 rotates in a manner that avoids kinking the supply hoses 646
The paper 604 is positioned under edge guides 667 before being closed and is automatically registered to one side of the tray 607 by action of a metal spnng part 668 An ink cartndge 627 connects into a pivoting ink connector molding 628 via a senes of self-sealing connectors 629 The connectors 629 transmit mk, air and glue to their separate locations The ink connector molding 628 contains a sensor, which detects a QA chip on the mk cartndge and venfies identification pĪ€or to pĪ€nting When the front hatch is sensed closed, a release mechanism allows the sprung platen 666 to push the paper 604 against a motoĪ€zed media pick-up roller assembly 626
Figure 54, shows the complete assembly of the replaceable ink cartndge 627 It has bladders or chambers for stonng fixative 644, adhesive 630, and cyan 631, magenta 632, yellow 633, black 634 and infrared 635 inks The cartridge 627 also contains a micro air filter 636 in a base molding 637 As shown in Figure 13, the micro air filter 636 interfaces with an air pump 638 inside the pĪ€nter via a hose 639 This provides filtered air to the pnntheads 705 to prevent ingress of micro particles into the Memjetâ„ĸ pnntheads 705 which may clog the nozzles By mcoĪ†orating the air filter 636 within the cartndge 627, the operational life of the filter is effectively linked to the life of the cartridge This ensures that the filter is replaced together with the cartndge rather than relying on the user to clean or replace the filter at the required intervals Furthermore, the adhesive and infrared ink are replenished together with the visible inks and air filter thereby reducing how frequently the pĪ€nter operation is interrupted because of the depletion of a consumable matenal
The cartndge 627 has a thin wall casing 640 The mk bladders 631 to 635 and fixitive bladder 644 are suspended within the casing by a pin 645 which hooks the cartndge together The single glue bladder 630 is accommodated m the base molding 637 This is a fully recyclable product with a capacity for pĪ€nting and gluing 3000 pages (1500 sheets)
ReferĪ€ng to Figures 12, 12a, 59, 60 and 68, the motoĪ€zed media pick-up roller assembly 626 pushes the top sheet directly from the media tray 607 past a paper sensor (not shown) on the first pĪ€nt engine 602 into the duplexed Memjetâ„ĸ pnnthead assembly - 37 -
Two Memjetâ„ĸ pnnt engines 602 and 603 are mounted in an opposing -hne sequential configuration along the straight paper path The paper 604 is drawn into the first pĪ€nt engine 602 by integral, powered pick-up rollers 626 The position and size of the paper 604 is sensed and full bleed pĪ€nting commences
Fixative is pĪ€nted simultaneously to aid drying in the shortest possible time As best shown m Figure 12a, the Memjetâ„ĸ pĪ€nt engines 602 and 603 include a rotary capping, blotting and platen device 669 The capping device seals the Memjetâ„ĸ pnntheads 705 when not in use It uncaps and rotates to produce an integral blotter, which is used for absorbing ink fired from the pnntheads 705 dunng routine pĪ€nter startup maintenance It simultaneously moves an internal capping device inside the Memjetâ„ĸ pnnthead 705 that allows air to flow into the protective nozzle shield area The third rotation of the device moves a platen surface into place, which supports one side of the sheet 604 dunng pĪ€nting
The paper exits the first Memjetâ„ĸ pĪ€nt engine 602 through a set of powered exit spike wheels (aligned along the straight paper path), which acts against a rubbenzed roller These spike wheels contact the 'wet' pĪ€nted surface and continue to feed the sheet 604 into the second Memjetâ„ĸ pĪ€nt engine 603
This second pnnt engine 603 is mounted the opposite way up to the first in order to pĪ€nt the underside of the sheet 604
As shown m Figures 12, 12a, 13, 62 and 63, the paper 604 passes from the duplexed pĪ€nt engines 602 and 603, into the binder assembly 605 The pĪ€nted page passes between a powered spike wheel axle 670 with a fibrous support roller and another movable axle with spike wheels and a momentary action glue wheel 673 The movable axle/glue assembly 673 is mounted to a metal support bracket and it is transported forward to interface with the powered axle 670 by action of a camshaft 642 A separate motor powers 675 this camshaft Both motors 676 are controlled by the Memjetâ„ĸ pnntheads
The glue wheel assembly 673 consists of a partially hollow axle 679 with a rotating coupling 680 for the glue supply hose 641 from the ink cartndge 627 This axle 679 connects to a glue wheel 681, which absorbs adhesive by capillary action through radial holes A molded housing suĪ€ounds the glue wheel 681, with an opening at the front Pivoting side moldings 683 and sprung outer doors 684 are attached to the metal support bracket and hinge out sideways when the rest of the assembly 673 is thrust forward This action exposes the glue wheel 681 through the front of the molded housing Tension spĪ€ngs 685 close the assembly and effectively cap the glue wheel 681 duĪ€ng penods of inactivity
As the sheet 604 passes into the glue wheel assembly 673, adhesive is applied to one vertical edge on the front side (apart from the first sheet of a document) as it is transported down into the binding assembly 605 It will be appreciated that this arrangement applies adhesive to each page duĪ€ng pĪ€nting so that the paper movement through the pĪ€nter is not interrupted or stopped at a separate gluing station This increases the pnnter speed, however, it requires that the pages move through the pĪ€nter in "portrait" configuration (that is, in a direction parallel to the long edges) This in turn requires the paper tray, binding station and collection station to be in portrait configuration This may make the overall length of the pĪ€nter too great to conveniently fit into areas having limited space In these situations, the media tray, binding station and collection station can be arranged m "landscape" oĪ€entation (short sides parallel to paper movement) to shorten the length of the pnnter However, the gluing assembly must still be able to apply glue along the long side of the pages In this version of wallpnnter (not shown), the adhesive is applied to the longitudinal edge of each page with a reciprocating glue strip The "portrait" binder assembly 605 is best shown in Figure 62 It has a metal support chassis 686, a sprung molded binding platen 687 that runs on four traverser rods, a molded angled platen 689 which supports the document 618 after the sheet 604 has been moved across, and an exit hatch 690 with support bracket 691 The pnnted page 604 is fed in until it rests on the exit hatch 690 The binding platen 687 is propelled forward at high speed via a looped system of wheels 692 and a sprung steel cable 693 that attaches to a powered cable winder shaft 694 As the cable winder shaft 694 - 38 -
IS rotated, the cable loop 693 shortens and transports the binding platen 687 forward This powered shaft 694 has a slip clutch mechanism and provides the necessary speed to push the sheet 604 forward onto the rear of a previous sheet, glue/bind it then return under the action of return spĪ€ngs 699 to the home position to accept the next pĪ€nted sheet A single operating cycle of the reciprocating platen takes less than 2 seconds The binding assembly 605 binds pages one by one into a bound document, thereby producing bound documents without significantly adding to the time taken to pnnt the separate pages of the document Furthermore it applies the adhesive directly pnor to pressing it against the previous page This is more effective than applying adhesive to the rear of each page and sequentially pressing each page to the subsequent page because any interruption in the pnnting process such as replenishing the paper supply may allow the adhesive applied to the last adhered page to deteĪ€orate and become less effective
The cable 693 is sprung to allow for positive pressure to be applied to the previous sheet to aid binding Furthermore, the angled platen 689 is shallower at the top than at the base in order to support the document 618 in an over axis configuration
A sensor (not shown) operatively connected to the control of the stepper motor, may be used to determine the position of the last page bound to the document to allow the platen to accurately adhere the next page to it
A paper tapper 643 knocks the sheet 604 to one side of the binder 605 as it is transported across to the angled platen 689 The main PCB 612 controls motors 695, 696 and 697 for the cable winder shaft 694, the tapper 643 and the exit hatch 690 respectively
When a document 618 is bound and finished, the powered exit hatch 690 opens A tamper sensor (not shown) is provided to detect document jams or other interferences acting to prevent the exit hatch 690 from closing The tapper 643 also tap aligns the pĪ€nted document 618 duĪ€ng ejection out of the binder 605 into the collection tray 619 Plastic foils 698 on the lower front molding 610 work together with the hatch 690 to direct the finished document 618 to the back of the collection tray 619 and feed any further documents into the tray without hitting existing ones A plurality the flexible foils may be provided, each having different lengths to accommodate documents having different page sizes The collection tray 619 is molded in clear plastic and pulls out of its socket under a certain loading Access for removing documents is provided on three sides 7.2 MEMJET-BASED PRINTING
A Memjetâ„ĸ pnnthead produces 1600 dpi bi-level CMYK On low-diffusion paper, each ejected drop forms an almost perfectly circular 22 5Îŧm diameter dot Dots are easily produced in isolation, allowing dispersed-dot ditheĪ€ng to be exploited to its fullest
A page layout may contain a mixture of images, graphics and text Continuous-tone (contone) images and graphics are reproduced using a stochastic dispersed-dot dither Unlike a clustered-dot (or amplitude-modulated) dither, a dispersed-dot (or frequency-modulated) dither reproduces high spatial frequencies (I e image detail) almost to the limits of the dot resolution, while simultaneously reproducing lower spatial frequencies to their full color depth, when spatially integrated by the eye A stochastic dither matrix is carefully designed to be free of objectionable low-frequency patterns when tiled across the image As such its size typically exceeds the minimum size required to support a particular number of intensity levels (e g 16x16x8 bits for 257 intensity levels)
Human contrast sensitivity peaks at a spatial frequency of about 3 cycles per degree of visual field and then falls off loganthmically, decreasing by a factor of 100 beyond about 40 cycles per degree and becoming immeasurable beyond 60 cycles per degree At a normal viewing distance of 12 inches (about 300mm), this translates roughly to 200- 300 cycles per inch (cpi) on the pĪ€nted page, or 400-600 samples per inch according to Nyquist's theorem
In practice, contone resolution above about 300 ppi is of limited utility outside special applications such as medical imaging Offset pĪ€nting of magazines, for example, uses contone resolutions the range 150 to 300 ppi Higher - 39 - resolutions contĪ€bute slightly to color error through the dither
Black text and graphics are reproduced directly using bi-level black dots, and are therefore not antialiased (1 e low-pass filtered) before being pĪ€nted Text is therefore supersampled beyond the perceptual limits discussed above, to produce smoother edges when spatially integrated by the eye Text resolution up to about 1200 dpi continues to contĪ€bute to perceived text shaĪ†ness (assuming low-diffusion paper, of course)
The netpage pĪ€nter uses a contone resolution of 267 ppi (1 e 1600 dpi / 6), and a black text and graphics resolution of 800 dpi 7.3 DOCUMENT DATA FLOW
Because of the pagewidth nature of the Memjetâ„ĸ pnnthead, each page must be pnnted at a constant speed to avoid creating visible artifacts This means that the pnnting speed can't be vaĪ€ed to match the input data rate Document rasteĪ€zation and document pnnting are therefore decoupled to ensure the pnnthead has a constant supply of data A page is never pĪ€nted until it is fully rasteĪ€zed This is achieved by stoĪ€ng a compressed version of each rastenzed page image m memory
This decoupling also allows the raster image processor (RIP) to run ahead of the pĪ€nter when rasteĪ€zing simple pages, buying time to rastenze more complex pages
Because contone color images are reproduced by stochastic dithenng, but black text and line graphics are reproduced directly using dots, the compressed page image format contains a separate foreground bi-level black layer and background contone color layer The black layer is composited over the contone layer after the contone layer is dithered
Netpage tags are rendered to a separate layer and are ultimately pĪ€nted using infrared-absoĪ†tive ink At 267 ppi, a Letter page of contone CMYK data has a size of 25MB Using lossy contone compression algonthms such as JPEG (ISO/IEC 19018-1 1994, Information technology - Digital compression and coding of continuous-tone still images Requirements and guidelines, 1994, the contents of which are herein incoĪ†orated by cross- reference), contone images compress with a ratio up to 10 1 without noticeable loss of quality, giving a compressed page
At 800 dpi, a Letter page of bi-level data has a size of 7MB Coherent data such as text compresses very well
Using lossless bi-level compression algonthms such as Group 4 Facsimile (ANSI/EIA 538-1988, Facsimile Coding Schemes and Coding Control Functions for Group 4 Facsimile Equipment, August 1988, the contents of which are herein incoĪ†orated by cross-reference), ten-point text compresses with a ratio of about 10 1, giving a compressed page size of 0 8MB Once dithered, a page of CMYK contone image data consists of 114MB of bi-level data Using lossless bi- level compression algonthms on this data is pointless precisely because the optimal dither is stochastic - I e since it introduces hard-to-compress disorder
The two-layer compressed page image format therefore exploits the relative strengths of lossy JPEG contone image compression and lossless bi-level text compression The format is compact enough to be storage-efficient, and simple enough to allow straightforward real-time expansion dunng pĪ€nting
Since text and images normally don't overlap, the normal worst-case page image size is 2 5MB (1 e image only), while the normal best-case page image size is 0 8MB (I e text only) The absolute worst-case page image size is 3 3MB (I e text over image) Assuming a quarter of an average page contains images, the average page image size is 1 2MB 7.4 PRINTER CONTROLLER ARCHITECTURE
The netpage pĪ€nter controller consists of a controlling processor 750, a factory-installed or field-installed network interface module 625, a radio transceiver (transceiver controller 753, baseband circuit 754, RF circuit 755, and RF resonators and inductors 756), dual raster image processor (RIP) DSPs 757, duplexed pĪ€nt engine controllers 760a and 760b, flash memory 658, and 64MB of DRAM 657, as illustrated in Figure 63 - 40 -
The controlling processor handles communication with the network 19 and with local wireless netpage pens 101, senses the help button 617, controls the user interface LEDs 613-616, and feeds and synchronizes the RIP DSPs 757 and pĪ€nt engine controllers 760 It consists of a medium-performance general-pmpose microprocessor The controlling processor 750 communicates with the pnnt engine controllers 760 via a high-speed seĪ€al bus 659 The RIP DSPs rastenze and compress page descnptions to the netpage pĪ€nter' s compressed page format
Each pĪ€nt engine controller expands, dithers and pnnts page images to its associated Memjetâ„ĸ pnnthead 350 in real time (I e at over 30 pages per minute) The duplexed pĪ€nt engine controllers pnnt both sides of a sheet simultaneously
The master pĪ€nt engine controller 760a controls the paper transport and monitors ink usage m conjunction with the master QA chip 665 and the ink cartndge QA chip 761 The pnnter controller's flash memory 658 holds the software for both the processor 750 and the DSPs 757, as well as configuration data This is copied to main memory 657 at boot time
The processor 750, DSPs 757, and digital transceiver components (transceiver controller 753 and baseband circuit 754) are integrated a single controller ASIC 656 Analog RF components (RF circuit 755 and RF resonators and inductors 756) are provided in a separate RF chip 762 The network interface module 625 is separate, since netpage pĪ€nters allow the network connection to be factory-selected or field-selected Flash memory 658 and the 2x256Mbit
(64MB) DRAM 657 is also off-chip The pĪ€nt engine controllers 760 are provided in separate ASICs
A vaĪ€ety of network interface modules 625 are provided, each providing a netpage network interface 751 and optionally a local computer or network interface 752 Netpage network Internet interfaces include POTS modems, HybĪ€d Fiber-Coax (HFC) cable modems, ISDN modems, DSL modems, satellite transceivers, cuĪ€ent and next-generation cellular telephone transceivers, and wireless local loop (WLL) transceivers Local interfaces include IEEE 1284 (parallel port), lOBase-T and 100Base-T Ethernet, USB and USB 2 0, IEEE 1394 (Firewire), and vanous emerging home networking interfaces If an Internet connection is available on the local network, then the local network interface can be used as the netpage network interface
The radio transceiver 753 communicates in the unlicensed 900MHz band normally used by cordless telephones, or alternatively in the unlicensed 2 4GHz industnal, scientific and medical (ISM) band, and uses frequency hopping and collision detection to provide interference-free communication
The pĪ€nter controller optionally mcoĪ†orates an Infrared Data Association (IrDA) interface for receiving data "squirted" from devices such as netpage cameras In an alternative embodiment, the pnnter uses the IrDA interface for short-range communication with suitably configured netpage pens 7.4.1 RASTERIZATION AND PRINTING
As shown in Figure 52, once the main processor 750 has received and veĪ€fied (at 550) the document's page layouts and page objects into memory 657 (at 551), it runs the appropnate RIP software on the DSPs 757
The DSPs 757 rastenze (at 552) each page descĪ€ption and compress (at 553) the rasteĪ€zed page image The main processor stores each compressed page image in memory 657 (at 554) The simplest way to load-balance multiple DSPs is to let each DSP rastenze a separate page The DSPs can always be kept busy since an arbitrary number of rasteĪ€zed pages can, in general, be stored in memory This strategy only leads to potentially poor DSP utilization when rastenzmg short documents
Watermark regions in the page descnption are rasteĪ€zed to a contone-resolution bi-level bitmap which is losslessly compressed to negligible size and which forms part of the compressed page image The infrared (IR) layer of the pĪ€nted page contains coded netpage tags at a density of about six per inch
Each tag encodes the page ID, tag ID, and control bits, and the data content of each tag is generated duĪ€ng rastenzation and stored in the compressed page image
The main processor 750 passes back-to-back page images to the duplexed pĪ€nt engine controllers 760 Each pnnt engine controller 760 stores the compressed page image in its local memory 769, and starts the page expansion and - 41 - pnnting pipeline Page expansion and pnnting is pipelined because it is impractical to store an entire 114MB bi-level
CMYK+IR page image in memory
The pĪ€nt engine controller expands the compressed page image (at 555), dithers the expanded contone color data to bi-level dots (at 556), composites the expanded bi-level black layer over the dithered contone layer (at 557), renders the expanded netpage tag data (at 558), and finally pĪ€nts the fully-rendered page (at 559) to produce a pĪ€nted netpage 1
7.4.2 PRINT ENGINE CONTROLLER
The page expansion and pnnting pipeline of the pĪ€nt engine controller 760 consists of a high speed IEEE
1394 senal interface 659, a standard JPEG decoder 763, a standard Group 4 Fax decoder 764, a custom halftoner/compositor unit 765, a custom tag encoder 766, a line loader/formatter unit 767, and a custom interface 768 to the Memjetâ„ĸ pnnthead 350
The pnnt engine controller 360 operates in a double buffered manner While one page is loaded into DRAM
769 via the high speed senal interface 659, the previously loaded page is read from DRAM 769 and passed through the pĪ€nt engine controller pipeline Once the page has finished pnnting, the page just loaded is pĪ€nted while another page is loaded
The first stage of the pipeline expands (at 763) the JPEG-compressed contone CMYK layer, expands (at 764) the Group 4 Fax-compressed bi-level black layer, and renders (at 766) the bi-level netpage tag layer according to the tag format defined m section 1 2, all in parallel The second stage dithers (at 765) the contone CMYK layer and composites
(at 765) the bi-level black layer over the resulting bi-level CMYK layer The resultant bi-level CMYK+IR dot data is buffered and formatted (at 767) for pĪ€nting on the Memjetâ„ĸ pnnthead 350 via a set of line buffers Most of these line buffers are stored in the off-chip DRAM The final stage pĪ€nts the six channels of bi-level dot data (including fixative) to the Memjetâ„ĸ pnnthead 350 via the pnnthead interface 768
When several pnnt engine controllers 760 are used in unison, such as in a duplexed configuration, they are synchronized via a shared line sync signal 770 Only one pĪ€nt engine 760, selected via the external master/slave pm 771, generates the line sync signal 770 onto the shared line
The pĪ€nt engine controller 760 contains a low-speed processor 772 for synchronizing the page expansion and rendeĪ€ng pipeline, configuĪ€ng the pnnthead 350 via a low-speed senal bus 773, and controlling the stepper motors 675,
676
In the 81." versions of the netpage pnnter, the two pĪ€nt engines each pĪ€nts 30 Letter pages per minute along the long dimension of the page (11"), giving a line rate of 8 8 kHz at 1600 dpi In the 12" versions of the netpage pĪ€nter, the two pĪ€nt engines each pĪ€nts 45 Letter pages per minute along the short dimension of the page (δ'/i"), giving a line rate of 102 kHz These line rates are well withm the operating frequency of the Memjetâ„ĸ pnnthead, which m the current design exceeds 30 kHz
CONCLUSION The present invention has been descĪ€bed with reference to a prefened embodiment and number of specific alternative embodiments However, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the relevant fields that a number of other embodiments, diffeĪ€ng from those specifically descnbed, will also fall within the spint and scope of the present invention Accordingly, it will be understood that the invention is not intended to be limited to the specific embodiments descĪ€bed in the present specification, including documents incoĪ†orated by cross-reference as appropĪ€ate The scope of the invention is only limited by the attached claims

Claims

- 42 -
1 A pĪ€nter for pnnting a second interface onto a second surface, in response to first indicating data received from a sensing device, the first indicating data being sensed by the sensing device from first coded data, a first interface disposed on a first surface including the first coded data, the pĪ€nter including
(a) an input module configured to
(0 receive, from the sensing device, the first indicating data, the first indicating data being at least partially indicative of response data, (n) generate second indicating data based on the first indicating data, the second indicating data being at least partially indicative of the response data,
(in) send the second indicating data to a computer system, and
(b) a pnnting module, including a pnnting mechanism, configured to (I) receive the response data from the computer system,
(n) generate the second interface based at least partially on the response data, and (in) pnnt the second interface onto the second surface using the pĪ€nting mechanism
2 A pĪ€nter according to claim 1, the second interface including second coded data, wherein the pnnting module includes a coded data generator configured to generate the second coded data based on at least part of the response data
3 A pnnter according to claim 2, the response data including second region identity data indicative of at least one identity, the identity being associated with a region of the second interface, the coded data generator being configured to generate the second coded data based on the second region identity data, the second coded data being indicative of the identity
4 A pnnter according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the second interface includes visible information in addition to the second coded data, the visible information being based at least partially on the response data
5 A pnnter according to claim 3, wherein the second coded data is also indicative of at least one reference point of the region
6 A pnnter according to claim 5, wherein the at least one reference point is determined on the basis of a coded data layout 7 A pĪ€nter according to claim 6, wherein the pnnting module is configured to receive the coded data layout from the computer system
8 A pnnter according to claim 6, further including storage means for stoĪ€ng a plurality of the coded data layouts, the pnnting module being configured to receive, from the computer system, layout selection information indicative of one of the coded data layouts, and use the layout selection information to select one of the stored coded layouts for use in determining the at least one reference point
9 A pĪ€nter according to claim 1, wherein the first indicating data includes location data sensed by the sensing device from the first coded data
10 A pĪ€nter according to claim 1, wherein the first indicating data includes first region identity data sensed by the sensing device from the first coded data, the first region identity data being indicative of an identity associated with a region of the first interface, the region being at least partially indicative of the response data
11 A pnnter according to claim 10, wherein the first indicating data includes location data sensed by the sensing device from the first coded data, the location data being indicative of a location within the region, the location within the region being at least partially indicative of the response data - 43 -
12 A pĪ€nter according to any one of claims 1 to 3 or 5 to 11, wherein the second coded data includes at least one tag, each tag being indicative of the identity of the region
13 A pĪ€nter according to claim 12, wherein the second coded data includes a plurality of the tags, the coded data generator being configured to ascertain a position of each tag pnor to pnnting, the respective positions being determined on the basis of a coded data layout
14 A pĪ€nter according to claim 13, wherein the coded data generator is configured to receive the coded data layout from the computer device pnor to pĪ€nting the second coded data
15 A pĪ€nter according to claim 7, further including storage means for stoĪ€ng a plurality of the coded data layouts, the coded data generator being configured to receive, from the computer device, layout selection information indicative of one of the coded data layouts, and generate the second coded data based on the layout selection information
16 A pĪ€nter according to claim 13, wherein each of the tags includes first identity data defining a relative position of that tag, and second identity data identifying the surface 17 A pnnter according to any one of claims 1 to 3 or 5 to 11 , the pĪ€nter being configured to pĪ€nt the second interface onto the second surface on demand
18 A pnnter according to any one of claims 1 to 3 or 5 to 11, wherein the second interface is pĪ€nted over a plurality of the pages
19 A pĪ€nter according to claim 1, wherein the first and/or second surfaces are defined by a substrate 20 A pĪ€nter according to claim 19, wherein the substrate is laminar
21 A pĪ€nter according to claim 12, wherein the tags are disposed at predetermined positions on the second surface
22 A pnnter according to claim 21, wherein the tags are disposed on the surface within a tessellated pattern compnsing a plurality of tiles, each of the tiles containing a plurality of the tags 23 A pnnter according to claim 22, wherein the tiles interlock with each other to substantially cover the surface
24 A pĪ€nter according to claim 23, wherein the tiles are all of a similar shape
25 A pĪ€nter according to claim 24, wherein the tiles are triangular, square, rectangular or hexagonal
26 A pĪ€nter according to claim 22, wherein the tags are disposed stochastically within each of the tiles 27 A pĪ€nter according to claim 12, wherein each of the tags includes at least one common feature in addition to the second identity data
28 A pnnter according to claim 27, wherein at least one common feature is configured to assist finding and/or recognition of the tags by associated tag reading apparatus
29 A pĪ€nter according to claim 27, wherein the at least one common feature is represented in a format incoĪ†orating redundancy of information
30 A pnnter according to claim 29, wherein the at least one common feature is rotationally symmetnc so as to be rotationally invaĪ€ant
31 A pĪ€nter according to claim 29, wherein the at least one common feature is Ī€ng-shaped
32 A pnnter according to claim 12, wherein each of the tags includes at least one oĪ€entation feature for enabling a rotational oĪ€entation of the tag to be ascertained by associated tag reading apparatus
33 A pnnter according to claim 32, wherein the at least one onentation feature is represented m a format incoĪ†orating redundancy of information
34 A pĪ€nter according to claim 33, wherein the at least one oĪ€entation feature is rotationally asymmetĪ€c - 44 -
35 A pĪ€nter according to claim 33, wherein the at least one oĪ€entation feature is skewed along its major
36 A pĪ€nter according to claim 12, wherein each of the tags includes at least one perspective feature for enabling a perspective distortion of the tag to be ascertained by associated tag reading apparatus 37 A pnnter according to claim 36, wherein the at least one perspective feature includes at least four sub- features which are not coincident
38 A pnnter according to claim 12, wherein each tag includes a plurality of tag elements, the first and second identity data each being defined by a plurality of the elements
39 A pĪ€nter according to claim 38, wherein the tag elements are disposed in one or more arcuate bands around a central region of each tag
40 A pĪ€nter according to claim 39, wherein there are a plurality of the arcuate bands disposed concentrically with respect to each other
41 A pĪ€nter according to claim 40, wherein each element takes the form of a dot having a plurality of possible values 42 A pĪ€nter according to claim 41 , wherein the number of possible values is two
43 A pĪ€nter according to claim 41, wherein when representing one of the possible values, the tag elements absorb, reflect or fluoresce electromagnetic radiation of a predetermined wavelength or range of wavelengths to a predetermined greater or lesser extent than the second surface
44 A pĪ€nter according to claim 41, wherein the possible values of the tag elements are defined by different relative absoĪ†tion, reflection or fluorescence of electromagnetic radiation of a predetermined wavelength or range of wavelengths
45 A pnnter according to claim 41, wherein the tags are not substantially visible to an average unaided human eye under daylight or ambient lighting conditions
46 A pnnter according to claim 41, wherein the tags are slightly visible to an average unaided human eye under daylight or ambient lighting conditions
47 A pnnter according to claim 38, wherein the tags are visible to an average unaided human eye under daylight or ambient lighting conditions
48 A pnnter according to claim 13, wherein the first identity data is represented in a format incoĪ†orating redundancy of information 49 A pĪ€nter according to claim 13, wherein the second identity data is represented in a format incoĪ†orating redundancy of information
50 A pnnter according to claim 49, wherein the pnnter is an mk pnnter
51 A pnnter according to claim 50, wherein the tags are pĪ€nted using mk that is absorbent or reflective in the ultraviolet spectrum or the infrared spectrum 52 A pĪ€nter according to claim 51, wherein the pĪ€nter includes a separate ink channel for pĪ€nting the tags
53 A pĪ€nter according to claim 50, wherein the pĪ€nter is configured to pĪ€nt the second coded data and additional information substantially simultaneously onto the second surface
54 A pĪ€nter according to claim 53, wherein the additional information is pnnted onto the second surface using colored or monochrome inks
55 A pĪ€nter according to claim 54, wherein the additional information is pĪ€nted onto the second surface using one of the following combinations of colored inks
CMY, CMYK, - 45 -
CMYRGB, and spot color
56 A pĪ€nter according to any one of claims 9 to 1 1 , wherein at least a plurality of the tags are disposed stochastically upon the second surface 57 A pĪ€nter according to any one of claims 9 to 1 1 , wherein the tags are disposed in a regular aĪ€ay on the second surface, in accordance with the coded layout data
58 A printer according to claim 57, wherein the aĪ€ay is triangular
59 A printer according to claim 57, wherein the aĪ€ay is rectangular
60 A printer according to claim 57, wherein the tags are tiled over the second surface 61 A printer according to claim 18, further including a binding mechanism for binding the pages into a bound document
62 A printer according to claim 53, wherein the second surface is defined by a face of a page, the printer further including dual printing mechanisms for pĪ€nting opposite faces of the page simultaneously
63 A printer according to any one of claims 1 to 3 or 5 to 1 1 , wherein the printing mechanism includes an mkjet pnnthead for pĪ€nting ink onto the second surface
64 A printer according to claim 63, wherein the pnnthead is a drop on demand inkjet pnnthead
65 A printer according to claim 64, wherein the pnnthead is a pagewidth pnnthead
66 A printer according to claim 65, wherein the pnnthead is configured to deliver a plurality of ink colors onto the second surface with one printing pass 67 A pĪ€nter according to claim 65, wherein the pnnthead includes electro-thermal bend actuators to eject the ink onto the surface
68 A pnnter according to any one of claims 67, wherein the pĪ€nter includes two sets of pnntheads, configured to print opposite surfaces of a page substantially simultaneously
69 A pnnter according to claim 67, including a forced filtered air delivery mechanism for keeping nozzles of the pnnthead relatively free of paper dust
70 A printer according to claim 67, wherein the pnnthead includes moving nozzle chambers
71 A printer according to claim 70, wherein the printer includes two sets of pnntheads, configured to print opposite surfaces of a page substantially simultaneously
72 A printer according to claim 1 , wherein the first indicating data includes user identity data, the user identity data being indicative of user data
73 A pĪ€nter according to claim 72, wherein the user identity data is supplied from storage means associated with the sensing device
74 A pnnter according to any one of claims 1 to 3, 5 to 11, 15 or 16, wherein the first interface surface is on the pnnter 75 A system including a pnnter according to any one of claims 1 to 3, 5 to 1 1, 15 or 16, and a sensing device for sensing the first indicating data and transmitting it to the pnnter
76 A system according to claim 75, wherein the sensing device includes a radio transmitter for transmitting the indicating data to the pĪ€nter, and the pĪ€nter includes a radio receiver for receiving the indicating data 77 A system according to claim 75, wherein the sensing device includes an optical sensor for sensing the first coded data
78 A system including a pnnter according to any one of claims 1 to 3, 5 to 11 , 15 or 16, and a first interface surface disposed on a first surface, the first interface surface including first coded data to be sensed by a
Substitute Sheet (Rule 26) RO/AU - 46 - sensmg device, thereby to generate first indicating data for transmission from the sensing device to the pnnter.
79 An interface surface produced by a pnnter according to any one of claims 1 to 3, 5 to 1 1 , 15 or 16.
Substitute Sheet (Rule 26) RO/AU
PCT/AU2000/000561 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interactive printer WO2000072127A1 (en)

Priority Applications (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN00807934XA CN1351725B (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interactive printer
IL14671500A IL146715A0 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interactive printer
BR0010893-6A BR0010893A (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interactive printer
CA002374831A CA2374831A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interactive printer
MXPA01012065A MXPA01012065A (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interactive printer.
JP2000620454A JP4878680B2 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interactive printer
DE60029468T DE60029468D1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 INTERACTIVE PRINTER
AU55095/00A AU761333B2 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interactive printer
EP00940013A EP1228421B1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interactive printer
HK03100896.2A HK1050400A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2003-02-07 Interactive printer

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AUPQ0559A AUPQ055999A0 (en) 1999-05-25 1999-05-25 A method and apparatus (npage01)
AUPQ0559 1999-05-25
AUPQ1313A AUPQ131399A0 (en) 1999-06-30 1999-06-30 A method and apparatus (NPAGE02)
AUPQ1313 1999-06-30
AUPQ3632A AUPQ363299A0 (en) 1999-10-25 1999-10-25 Paper based information inter face
AUPQ3632 1999-10-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2000072127A1 true WO2000072127A1 (en) 2000-11-30

Family

ID=27158146

Family Applications (9)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2000/000534 WO2000072247A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for printing a document
PCT/AU2000/000564 WO2000072129A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Portable interactive printer
PCT/AU2000/000556 WO2000071455A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Printer cartridge with binder
PCT/AU2000/000560 WO2000072126A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interface surface printer
PCT/AU2000/000561 WO2000072127A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interactive printer
PCT/AU2000/000535 WO2000071353A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for printing a photograph
PCT/AU2000/000562 WO2000072286A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Relay device
PCT/AU2000/000554 WO2000071357A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Printed media production
PCT/AU2000/000526 WO2000072124A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for accessing the internet

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2000/000534 WO2000072247A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for printing a document
PCT/AU2000/000564 WO2000072129A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Portable interactive printer
PCT/AU2000/000556 WO2000071455A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Printer cartridge with binder
PCT/AU2000/000560 WO2000072126A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Interface surface printer

Family Applications After (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2000/000535 WO2000071353A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for printing a photograph
PCT/AU2000/000562 WO2000072286A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Relay device
PCT/AU2000/000554 WO2000071357A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Printed media production
PCT/AU2000/000526 WO2000072124A1 (en) 1999-05-25 2000-05-24 Method and system for accessing the internet

Country Status (16)

Country Link
US (32) US6987573B1 (en)
EP (9) EP1259872B1 (en)
JP (10) JP4693996B2 (en)
KR (9) KR100641044B1 (en)
CN (12) CN1351725B (en)
AT (8) ATE327545T1 (en)
AU (10) AU762667B2 (en)
BR (9) BR0010906A (en)
CA (9) CA2374824C (en)
DE (8) DE60028259D1 (en)
DK (1) DK1222644T3 (en)
ES (2) ES2269152T3 (en)
HK (4) HK1048009A1 (en)
IL (18) IL146715A0 (en)
MX (9) MXPA01012066A (en)
WO (9) WO2000072247A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001041003A1 (en) 1999-12-01 2001-06-07 Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd. Sensing device for coded electronic ink surface

Families Citing this family (324)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AUPQ055999A0 (en) * 1999-05-25 1999-06-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd A method and apparatus (npage01)
US6789191B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2004-09-07 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Interactive device network registration protocol
US8352400B2 (en) 1991-12-23 2013-01-08 Hoffberg Steven M Adaptive pattern recognition based controller apparatus and method and human-factored interface therefore
US6546112B1 (en) * 1993-11-18 2003-04-08 Digimarc Corporation Security document with steganographically-encoded authentication data
US7313251B2 (en) 1993-11-18 2007-12-25 Digimarc Corporation Method and system for managing and controlling electronic media
US7555139B2 (en) * 1995-05-08 2009-06-30 Digimarc Corporation Secure documents with hidden signals, and related methods and systems
US7724920B2 (en) 1995-05-08 2010-05-25 Digimarc Corporation Digital authentication with analog documents
US6650761B1 (en) * 1999-05-19 2003-11-18 Digimarc Corporation Watermarked business cards and methods
US8180844B1 (en) 2000-03-18 2012-05-15 Digimarc Corporation System for linking from objects to remote resources
US7904187B2 (en) 1999-02-01 2011-03-08 Hoffberg Steven M Internet appliance system and method
US7091959B1 (en) 1999-03-31 2006-08-15 Advanced Digital Systems, Inc. System, computer program product, computing device, and associated methods for form identification and information manipulation
US20070055884A1 (en) 1999-05-19 2007-03-08 Rhoads Geoffrey B User control and activation of watermark enabled objects
US7093991B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2006-08-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Combined printer and binder
US6965439B1 (en) 1999-05-25 2005-11-15 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Interactive printer
US6987573B1 (en) 1999-05-25 2006-01-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Interface surface printer
US6428155B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2002-08-06 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printer cartridge including machine readable ink
US20060013630A1 (en) * 1999-06-30 2006-01-19 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a photograph using a mobile device
US7831244B2 (en) * 1999-06-30 2010-11-09 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving an image via a coded surface
US7280978B1 (en) * 1999-09-17 2007-10-09 Raymond Anthony Joao Apparatus and method for providing and/or for fulfilling subscription services
US7558563B2 (en) 1999-09-17 2009-07-07 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving contact details via a coded surface
US7558598B2 (en) * 1999-12-01 2009-07-07 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Dialling a number via a coded surface
AUPR157400A0 (en) * 2000-11-20 2000-12-14 Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd. An apparatus and method (bin01)
US7143952B2 (en) * 2000-03-21 2006-12-05 Anoto Ab Apparatus and methods relating to image coding
US8903950B2 (en) * 2000-05-05 2014-12-02 Citrix Systems, Inc. Personalized content delivery using peer-to-peer precaching
US7657128B2 (en) * 2000-05-23 2010-02-02 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Optical force sensor
KR100365453B1 (en) * 2000-05-31 2002-12-18 ė´ėĸ…ęĩŦ Method of applying glue to printing paper in printer
US7376740B1 (en) * 2000-06-13 2008-05-20 Microsoft Corporation Phone application state management mechanism
US7600183B2 (en) * 2000-06-16 2009-10-06 Olive Software Inc. System and method for data publication through web pages
US6789113B1 (en) * 2000-07-17 2004-09-07 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Information input/output system, information input/output method, recording medium of recording information transmitting/receiving program, and image forming apparatus
AU2001283073A1 (en) * 2000-08-03 2002-02-18 Digimarc Corporation Linking from paper invoices and statements to on-line resources
JP3877944B2 (en) * 2000-08-03 2007-02-07 ã‚ˇãƒŖãƒŧプæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Image output device control system
WO2002014438A1 (en) * 2000-08-14 2002-02-21 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Infrared chromophores
US7333946B1 (en) * 2000-09-01 2008-02-19 Nokia Corporation Ticketing with printing option
US8105825B2 (en) 2000-10-03 2012-01-31 Intrexon Corporation Multiple inducible gene regulation system
US20020040374A1 (en) * 2000-10-04 2002-04-04 Kent Donald A. Method for personalizing and customizing publications and customized publications produced thereby
SG152904A1 (en) * 2000-10-20 2009-06-29 Silverbrook Res Pty Ltd Cartridge for an electronic pen
US10915296B2 (en) 2000-11-01 2021-02-09 Flexiworld Technologies, Inc. Information apparatus that includes a touch sensitive screen interface for managing or replying to e-mails
US7609402B2 (en) 2001-01-19 2009-10-27 Flexiworld, Inc. Methods for universal data output
US11204729B2 (en) 2000-11-01 2021-12-21 Flexiworld Technologies, Inc. Internet based digital content services for pervasively providing protected digital content to smart devices based on having subscribed to the digital content service
CN100334577C (en) 2000-11-01 2007-08-29 įĻæĨčĨŋåĨĨåžˇæŠ€æœ¯å…Ŧ司 System and method for device-to-device pervasive digital output
US10860290B2 (en) 2000-11-01 2020-12-08 Flexiworld Technologies, Inc. Mobile information apparatuses that include a digital camera, a touch sensitive screen interface, support for voice activated commands, and a wireless communication chip or chipset supporting IEEE 802.11
US7899243B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2011-03-01 Evryx Technologies, Inc. Image capture and identification system and process
US8224078B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2012-07-17 Nant Holdings Ip, Llc Image capture and identification system and process
US7680324B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2010-03-16 Evryx Technologies, Inc. Use of image-derived information as search criteria for internet and other search engines
US7565008B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2009-07-21 Evryx Technologies, Inc. Data capture and identification system and process
AU2002239325A1 (en) 2000-11-20 2002-05-27 Flexiworld Technologies, Inc. Systems and methods for mobile and pervasive output
US6948116B2 (en) * 2000-12-01 2005-09-20 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for creating a unified printable collection of hyperlinked documents
US8103877B2 (en) 2000-12-21 2012-01-24 Digimarc Corporation Content identification and electronic tickets, coupons and credits
US6965683B2 (en) 2000-12-21 2005-11-15 Digimarc Corporation Routing networks for use with watermark systems
US6798907B1 (en) 2001-01-24 2004-09-28 Advanced Digital Systems, Inc. System, computer software product and method for transmitting and processing handwritten data
US20020107885A1 (en) * 2001-02-01 2002-08-08 Advanced Digital Systems, Inc. System, computer program product, and method for capturing and processing form data
JP4955904B2 (en) 2001-02-20 2012-06-20 イãƒŗトãƒŦキã‚Ŋãƒŗ ã‚ŗãƒŧポãƒŦãƒŧã‚ˇãƒ§ãƒŗ Novel ecdysone receptor / invertebrate retinoid X receptor-based inducible gene expression system
JP2002259277A (en) * 2001-03-02 2002-09-13 Toshiba Tec Corp System and apparatus for forming image
US6964025B2 (en) * 2001-03-20 2005-11-08 Microsoft Corporation Auto thumbnail gallery
US6971030B2 (en) * 2001-03-26 2005-11-29 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for maintaining user security features
US6971009B2 (en) * 2001-03-26 2005-11-29 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for placement of user-negotiated security features on ticket items
US6965997B2 (en) 2001-03-26 2005-11-15 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for binding and unbinding ticket items with user-negotiated security features
US7649637B2 (en) 2001-04-05 2010-01-19 Anoto Ab Method for printing a global position-coding pattern
US7502937B2 (en) * 2001-04-30 2009-03-10 Digimarc Corporation Digital watermarking security systems
US7958359B2 (en) * 2001-04-30 2011-06-07 Digimarc Corporation Access control systems
US20020180811A1 (en) * 2001-05-31 2002-12-05 Chu Sing Yun Systems, methods, and articles of manufacture for providing a user interface with selection and scrolling
US8392527B2 (en) * 2001-06-04 2013-03-05 Hewlett-Packard Development Company L.P. System and method for requesting computer resources
JP2003072107A (en) * 2001-06-11 2003-03-12 Canon Inc Portable electronic device, portable printer, portable electronic equipment, charging device and portable electronic equipment system
US7199889B2 (en) * 2001-07-02 2007-04-03 Alps Elecric Co., Ltd. Printer capable of invalidating a document
US7284700B1 (en) 2003-06-19 2007-10-23 Populex Corp. Advanced voting system and method
US6993562B2 (en) * 2002-03-21 2006-01-31 Peerless Systems Corporation Method and system to print via email
US7293292B2 (en) * 2001-09-19 2007-11-06 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Method and system for securely and selectively providing optional features or premium functionality in a printer
US7356012B2 (en) 2001-12-27 2008-04-08 Anoto Ab Method for transmitting information
JP4045801B2 (en) * 2001-12-28 2008-02-13 ã‚ŗニã‚ĢミノãƒĢã‚ŋビジネ゚テクノロジãƒŧã‚ēæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž How to print application data
AUPS049802A0 (en) 2002-02-13 2002-03-07 Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd. Methods and systems (ap62)
EP1489540A4 (en) * 2002-03-08 2008-05-14 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Information providing system and paper-shaped display medium
JP2004046537A (en) * 2002-07-11 2004-02-12 Canon Inc Image processor and image processing method
US8370420B1 (en) 2002-07-11 2013-02-05 Citrix Systems, Inc. Web-integrated display of locally stored content objects
CN102930311B (en) * 2002-09-26 2016-04-27 吉į”°åĨæ˛ģ Signal conditioning package medium being formed the method for dot pattern, uses the data inputting method of dot pattern, use the information I/O method of dot pattern, use the message input device of dot pattern, use dot pattern
RU2349956C2 (en) * 2002-09-26 2009-03-20 КĐĩĐŊдСи ЙОСИДА Method of information playback, method of information input/output, device for information playback, portable device of information input/output and electronic toy in with dot raster
JP3741094B2 (en) * 2002-09-30 2006-02-01 ブナã‚ļãƒŧåˇĨæĨ­æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Communication system, communication terminal, system control program, and terminal control program
US7133563B2 (en) * 2002-10-31 2006-11-07 Microsoft Corporation Passive embedded interaction code
JP3888306B2 (en) * 2002-12-27 2007-02-28 ブナã‚ļãƒŧåˇĨæĨ­æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Data processing device
JP3801138B2 (en) * 2003-01-21 2006-07-26 ブナã‚ļãƒŧåˇĨæĨ­æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Communication system, communication terminal, and communication program
JP2004260273A (en) * 2003-02-24 2004-09-16 Oki Data Corp Image forming apparatus
JP2004280425A (en) * 2003-03-14 2004-10-07 Softbank Bb Corp Information distributing system, information distributing server, printer and information distributing method
US7194106B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2007-03-20 Digimarc Corporation Creating electronic forms through digital watermarking
US7156292B2 (en) 2003-04-07 2007-01-02 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Validating competition entry
WO2004107132A2 (en) * 2003-05-28 2004-12-09 Caymas Systems, Inc. Method, system and software for state signing of internet resources
JP2005070974A (en) * 2003-08-21 2005-03-17 Seiko Epson Corp Print management device, print management method, and program
JP3891156B2 (en) * 2003-08-22 2007-03-14 ã‚Ŋニãƒŧæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Electronic device and communication control method
US20050052706A1 (en) * 2003-09-10 2005-03-10 Nelson Terry M. Location patterns and methods and apparatus for generating such patterns
US20050052707A1 (en) * 2003-09-10 2005-03-10 Nelson Terry M. Location patterns and methods and apparatus for generating such patterns
GB0321166D0 (en) * 2003-09-10 2003-10-08 Hewlett Packard Development Co Printing digital documents
US20050052700A1 (en) * 2003-09-10 2005-03-10 Andrew Mackenzie Printing digital documents
WO2005052805A1 (en) 2003-11-26 2005-06-09 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Data structure, event reporting system and method for event reporting
KR101090763B1 (en) * 2003-11-26 2011-12-08 한ęĩ­ė „ėží†ĩė‹ ė—°ęĩŦė› Data Structure, System and Method for Event Reporting
JP4150923B2 (en) * 2003-12-09 2008-09-17 富åŖĢã‚ŧロック゚æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Data output system and method
US7583842B2 (en) * 2004-01-06 2009-09-01 Microsoft Corporation Enhanced approach of m-array decoding and error correction
US7263224B2 (en) * 2004-01-16 2007-08-28 Microsoft Corporation Strokes localization by m-array decoding and fast image matching
US20050157112A1 (en) 2004-01-21 2005-07-21 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Inkjet printer cradle with shaped recess for receiving a printer cartridge
US7448734B2 (en) 2004-01-21 2008-11-11 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Inkjet printer cartridge with pagewidth printhead
US7293861B2 (en) * 2004-01-21 2007-11-13 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Inkjet printer cartridge refill dispenser system with variably positioned outlets
US7707039B2 (en) 2004-02-15 2010-04-27 Exbiblio B.V. Automatic modification of web pages
US8442331B2 (en) 2004-02-15 2013-05-14 Google Inc. Capturing text from rendered documents using supplemental information
US7812860B2 (en) 2004-04-01 2010-10-12 Exbiblio B.V. Handheld device for capturing text from both a document printed on paper and a document displayed on a dynamic display device
US10635723B2 (en) 2004-02-15 2020-04-28 Google Llc Search engines and systems with handheld document data capture devices
CN100371932C (en) * 2004-03-23 2008-02-27 南äēŦ大å­Ļ Expandable and customizable theme centralized universile-web net reptile setup method
US9008447B2 (en) 2004-04-01 2015-04-14 Google Inc. Method and system for character recognition
US9143638B2 (en) 2004-04-01 2015-09-22 Google Inc. Data capture from rendered documents using handheld device
US20060081714A1 (en) 2004-08-23 2006-04-20 King Martin T Portable scanning device
US8081849B2 (en) 2004-12-03 2011-12-20 Google Inc. Portable scanning and memory device
US7894670B2 (en) 2004-04-01 2011-02-22 Exbiblio B.V. Triggering actions in response to optically or acoustically capturing keywords from a rendered document
US9116890B2 (en) 2004-04-01 2015-08-25 Google Inc. Triggering actions in response to optically or acoustically capturing keywords from a rendered document
US20060098900A1 (en) 2004-09-27 2006-05-11 King Martin T Secure data gathering from rendered documents
US8146156B2 (en) 2004-04-01 2012-03-27 Google Inc. Archive of text captures from rendered documents
US7990556B2 (en) 2004-12-03 2011-08-02 Google Inc. Association of a portable scanner with input/output and storage devices
US8713418B2 (en) 2004-04-12 2014-04-29 Google Inc. Adding value to a rendered document
US8620083B2 (en) 2004-12-03 2013-12-31 Google Inc. Method and system for character recognition
US8874504B2 (en) 2004-12-03 2014-10-28 Google Inc. Processing techniques for visual capture data from a rendered document
US8489624B2 (en) 2004-05-17 2013-07-16 Google, Inc. Processing techniques for text capture from a rendered document
US7463380B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2008-12-09 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. Spooling/despooling subsystem job fingerprinting
US7935510B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2011-05-03 Intrexon Corporation Mutant receptors and their use in a nuclear receptor-based inducible gene expression system
WO2005110763A1 (en) * 2004-05-13 2005-11-24 Paul Geldenhuys Ink supply system for a printer
CA2567253A1 (en) * 2004-05-18 2005-11-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Pharmaceutical product tracking
AU2005243106B2 (en) * 2004-05-18 2008-07-31 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Authentication of an object using a signature encoded in a number of data portions
US7657056B2 (en) * 2004-06-05 2010-02-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus for identifying a photographer of an image
US20050278537A1 (en) * 2004-06-10 2005-12-15 Dustin Kirkland Logging off a user from a website
JP4055745B2 (en) * 2004-06-17 2008-03-05 ã‚ŗニã‚ĢミノãƒĢã‚ŋビジネ゚テクノロジãƒŧã‚ēæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Apparatus, method and program for image processing, and apparatus, method and program for file creation
JP2006023830A (en) * 2004-07-06 2006-01-26 Canon Inc Output completion notification system, output controller, control program and storage medium
US8346620B2 (en) 2004-07-19 2013-01-01 Google Inc. Automatic modification of web pages
JP2006082226A (en) * 2004-09-14 2006-03-30 Autonics Co Ltd Printer fixing device
JP4577029B2 (en) * 2005-01-31 2010-11-10 ブナã‚ļãƒŧåˇĨæĨ­æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Inkjet recording device
CN101945198B (en) 2004-09-21 2012-05-30 兄åŧŸåˇĨ业æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Image processing apparatus
US7702750B2 (en) 2004-09-29 2010-04-20 Citrix Systems, Inc. System and method for event detection and re-direction over a network using a presentation level protocol
US8069226B2 (en) 2004-09-30 2011-11-29 Citrix Systems, Inc. System and method for data synchronization over a network using a presentation level protocol
US20060112080A1 (en) * 2004-11-23 2006-05-25 Flipclips, Inc. Converting digital video into a printed format
US20060119880A1 (en) * 2004-12-02 2006-06-08 Dandekar Shree A Local photo printing
US8943310B2 (en) * 2005-01-25 2015-01-27 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for obtaining a digital certificate for an endpoint
US8312263B2 (en) * 2005-01-25 2012-11-13 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for installing trust anchors in an endpoint
EP1690697A1 (en) * 2005-02-15 2006-08-16 Alpvision SA Method to apply an invisible mark on a media
US7607076B2 (en) * 2005-02-18 2009-10-20 Microsoft Corporation Embedded interaction code document
US7826074B1 (en) 2005-02-25 2010-11-02 Microsoft Corporation Fast embedded interaction code printing with custom postscript commands
JP4438656B2 (en) * 2005-03-23 2010-03-24 富åŖĢã‚ŧロック゚æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Image processing apparatus, image processing system, and program
US20060215913A1 (en) * 2005-03-24 2006-09-28 Microsoft Corporation Maze pattern analysis with image matching
JP2006287868A (en) * 2005-04-05 2006-10-19 Sharp Corp Image forming apparatus
US7506801B2 (en) * 2005-04-07 2009-03-24 Toshiba Corporation Document audit trail system and method
US7421439B2 (en) 2005-04-22 2008-09-02 Microsoft Corporation Global metadata embedding and decoding
US20060242562A1 (en) * 2005-04-22 2006-10-26 Microsoft Corporation Embedded method for embedded interaction code array
CA2606135C (en) 2005-04-28 2015-06-30 Kenji Yoshida Information input/output method using dot pattern
US7517046B2 (en) 2005-05-09 2009-04-14 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Mobile telecommunications device with printhead capper that is held in uncapped position by media
US20060250477A1 (en) * 2005-05-09 2006-11-09 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Cartridge with capping mechanism for use in a mobile device
US7284921B2 (en) 2005-05-09 2007-10-23 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Mobile device with first and second optical pathways
JP4577776B2 (en) * 2005-05-25 2010-11-10 フェãƒĒã‚Ģネットワãƒŧク゚æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Non-contact IC chip and portable terminal
US7720286B2 (en) 2005-05-25 2010-05-18 Advanced Digital Systems, Inc. System and method for associating handwritten information with one or more objects via discontinuous regions of a printed pattern
US7400777B2 (en) * 2005-05-25 2008-07-15 Microsoft Corporation Preprocessing for information pattern analysis
US7729539B2 (en) * 2005-05-31 2010-06-01 Microsoft Corporation Fast error-correcting of embedded interaction codes
US7580576B2 (en) * 2005-06-02 2009-08-25 Microsoft Corporation Stroke localization and binding to electronic document
US20060274088A1 (en) * 2005-06-04 2006-12-07 Network I/O, Inc. Method for drawing graphics in a web browser or web application
JP2007005941A (en) * 2005-06-21 2007-01-11 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Copy system, image forming apparatus, server, image forming method and program
JP4631560B2 (en) * 2005-06-27 2011-02-16 富åŖĢã‚ŧロック゚æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž User discrimination system, user discrimination method, and program
JP3771252B1 (en) 2005-07-01 2006-04-26 åĨæ˛ģ 吉į”° Dot pattern
JP4539479B2 (en) * 2005-07-27 2010-09-08 富åŖĢã‚ŧロック゚æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Medium management system, image forming apparatus, medium management method, and program
US7809156B2 (en) 2005-08-12 2010-10-05 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Techniques for generating and using a fingerprint for an article
US7817816B2 (en) * 2005-08-17 2010-10-19 Microsoft Corporation Embedded interaction code enabled surface type identification
US20070061196A1 (en) * 2005-09-12 2007-03-15 Brian Axe Entering advertisement creatives and buying ad space in offline properties, such as print publications for example, online
JP4674513B2 (en) * 2005-09-14 2011-04-20 富åŖĢã‚ŧロック゚æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Spatial layout reproduction method, reader, and program
US20070065206A1 (en) * 2005-09-19 2007-03-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a coupon using a mobile device
US7668540B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-02-23 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Print on a mobile device with persistence
US7920896B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2011-04-05 Kia Silverbrook Printing an almanac using a mobile device
US7506802B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2009-03-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of performing an action in relation to a software object
US7697714B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-04-13 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Associating an object with a sticker and a surface
US7738919B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-06-15 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Link object to card
US7689249B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-03-30 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a security identification using a mobile device
US7672664B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-03-02 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a reminder list using mobile device
US7724399B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-05-25 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of downloading and installing a software object
US7637424B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2009-12-29 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing audio information using a mobile device
US7855805B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-12-21 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a competition entry form using a mobile device
US7953387B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2011-05-31 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving a program via a coded surface
US7805162B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-09-28 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Print card with linked object
US7844257B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-11-30 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving a document via a coded surface
US7438215B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2008-10-21 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing location-based information using a mobile device
US7742755B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-06-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving a bill via a coded surface
US20070085332A1 (en) * 2005-09-19 2007-04-19 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Link object to sticker and location on surface
US8072629B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2011-12-06 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Print subscribed content on a mobile device
US7924450B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2011-04-12 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Reprint card on a mobile device
US7843596B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-11-30 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a ticket using a mobile device
US7756526B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-07-13 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving a web page via a coded surface
CA2619840A1 (en) * 2005-09-19 2007-03-29 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Print remotely to a mobile device
US7761090B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-07-20 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Print remotely to a mobile device
US7747280B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-06-29 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving a product via a coded surface
US7708203B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-05-04 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Link object to sticker
US20070064130A1 (en) * 2005-09-19 2007-03-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Link object to form field on surface
US7843595B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-11-30 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a calendar using a mobile device
US7558597B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2009-07-07 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd. Retrieving a ringtone via a coded surface
US7403797B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2008-07-22 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Obtaining a physical product via a coded surface
US7738862B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-06-15 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieve information via card on mobile device
US7621442B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2009-11-24 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a subscription using a mobile device
US7917171B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2011-03-29 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a receipt using a mobile device
US7558599B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2009-07-07 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a bill using a mobile device
US7641115B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-01-05 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Type-specific sticker
US7738674B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2010-06-15 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving location data by sensing coded data on a surface
US7953386B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2011-05-31 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Bill per card print
US7945943B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2011-05-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Retrieving an access token via a coded surface
US7920854B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2011-04-05 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a map using a mobile device
US7654444B2 (en) 2005-09-19 2010-02-02 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Reusable sticker
US7380709B2 (en) * 2005-09-19 2008-06-03 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing a trading card using a mobile device
US7697827B2 (en) 2005-10-17 2010-04-13 Konicek Jeffrey C User-friendlier interfaces for a camera
US7448739B2 (en) * 2005-12-05 2008-11-11 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Constant negative pressure head ink supply arrangement for inkjet printhead
US7452055B2 (en) * 2005-12-05 2008-11-18 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printing cartridge having self-referencing printhead
US7448735B2 (en) * 2005-12-05 2008-11-11 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Ink priming arrangement for inkjet printhead
US7465042B2 (en) * 2005-12-05 2008-12-16 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of priming inkjet printhead
JP2007196632A (en) * 2006-01-30 2007-08-09 Canon Inc Bookbinding apparatus and bookbinding method
RU2457532C2 (en) * 2006-03-10 2012-07-27 КĐĩĐŊĐ´Đļи ЙоŅˆĐ¸Đ´Đ° Input processing system for information processing apparatus
JP4701462B2 (en) * 2006-03-28 2011-06-15 富åŖĢフイãƒĢムæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Image forming apparatus and reprint control method
US8554690B2 (en) * 2006-03-31 2013-10-08 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Techniques for using media keys
US8689102B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2014-04-01 Ricoh Company, Ltd. User interface for creating and using media keys
US20070229678A1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-04 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Camera for generating and sharing media keys
US20070233612A1 (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-04 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Techniques for generating a media key
JP4847183B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2011-12-28 キヤノãƒŗæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Information processing apparatus, control method therefor, and program
US9525547B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2016-12-20 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Transmission of media keys
US7460805B2 (en) * 2006-08-22 2008-12-02 Xerox Corporation System for initiating image-quality tests in a digital printer
EP2067119A2 (en) 2006-09-08 2009-06-10 Exbiblio B.V. Optical scanners, such as hand-held optical scanners
US8965783B2 (en) * 2006-09-29 2015-02-24 Yahoo! Inc. Content-embedding code generation in digital media benefit attachment mechanism
US8943401B2 (en) * 2006-09-29 2015-01-27 Yahoo! Inc. Script-based content-embedding code generation in digital media benefit attachment mechanism
JP4183003B2 (en) * 2006-11-09 2008-11-19 ã‚Ŋニãƒŧæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US9582804B2 (en) * 2006-12-22 2017-02-28 Excalibur Ip, Llc Link retrofitting of digital media objects
JP2008181239A (en) * 2007-01-23 2008-08-07 Canon Inc Printing system, printer, job processing method, program, and storage medium
US8756673B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2014-06-17 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Techniques for sharing data
US8085440B2 (en) 2007-06-15 2011-12-27 Marvell International Ltd. Method and apparatus for selecting an operation to be performed on an image stored in a printer
KR101411911B1 (en) 2007-06-21 2014-06-26 ė‚ŧė„ąė „ėžėŖŧė‹íšŒė‚Ŧ Digital image processing apparatus for auto-playing moving picture files and method for controlling the same
JP4328815B2 (en) * 2007-06-26 2009-09-09 キヤノãƒŗæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Information processing apparatus, control method therefor, computer program, and information processing system
US8638363B2 (en) 2009-02-18 2014-01-28 Google Inc. Automatically capturing information, such as capturing information using a document-aware device
WO2009049272A2 (en) 2007-10-10 2009-04-16 Gerard Dirk Smits Image projector with reflected light tracking
JP4871841B2 (en) * 2007-11-08 2012-02-08 キヤノãƒŗæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž PRINT CONTROL DEVICE, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM
US10102461B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2018-10-16 Southwire Company, Llc Traceable and theft deterrent reclaimable product
US9818508B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2017-11-14 Southwire Company, Llc Traceable and theft deterrent reclaimable product
US9053841B2 (en) 2007-11-13 2015-06-09 Southwire Company, Llc Traceable and theft deterrent reclaimable product
EP2259928B1 (en) 2008-03-18 2013-12-25 Marvell World Trade Ltd. Handheld mobile printing device capable of real-time in-line tagging of print surfaces
KR100958159B1 (en) * 2008-07-01 2010-05-18 ė‚ŧė„ąė „기ėŖŧė‹íšŒė‚Ŧ image data processing method and recording media for the same
US8096650B2 (en) * 2008-07-28 2012-01-17 Xerox Corporation Duplex printing with integrated image marking engines
US20100094627A1 (en) * 2008-10-15 2010-04-15 Concert Technology Corporation Automatic identification of tags for user generated content
CA2683395A1 (en) * 2008-10-22 2010-04-22 Davis + Henderson, Limited Partnership System and method for validating collateral
US9014832B2 (en) 2009-02-02 2015-04-21 Eloy Technology, Llc Augmenting media content in a media sharing group
EP2226704B1 (en) * 2009-03-02 2012-05-16 Anoto AB A digital pen
DE202010018551U1 (en) 2009-03-12 2017-08-24 Google, Inc. Automatically deliver content associated with captured information, such as information collected in real-time
US8447066B2 (en) 2009-03-12 2013-05-21 Google Inc. Performing actions based on capturing information from rendered documents, such as documents under copyright
US20100251092A1 (en) * 2009-03-25 2010-09-30 Sun Jun-Shi Method and System for Processing Fixed Format Forms Online
JP5361993B2 (en) 2009-03-30 2013-12-04 パナã‚Ŋニックæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Health care system
US20100331733A1 (en) * 2009-06-30 2010-12-30 Orthosensor Sensing device and method for an orthopedic joint
JP5575511B2 (en) * 2009-07-16 2014-08-20 富åŖĢフイãƒĢムæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Website browsing system, server and client terminal
US8571319B2 (en) * 2009-07-28 2013-10-29 International Business Machines Corporation Enhanced screen capture for form manipulation
US9081799B2 (en) 2009-12-04 2015-07-14 Google Inc. Using gestalt information to identify locations in printed information
US9323784B2 (en) 2009-12-09 2016-04-26 Google Inc. Image search using text-based elements within the contents of images
US9069731B2 (en) * 2009-12-29 2015-06-30 Olive Software Inc. System and method for providing online versions of print-medium publications
US20110208840A1 (en) * 2010-02-22 2011-08-25 Lee Blackman Cookie alert
JP5488341B2 (en) * 2010-08-26 2014-05-14 ブナã‚ļãƒŧåˇĨæĨ­æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Device, help server, and program
EP2625845B1 (en) 2010-10-04 2021-03-03 Gerard Dirk Smits System and method for 3-d projection and enhancements for interactivity
CN102810107B (en) * 2011-06-01 2015-10-07 英业达股äģŊ有限å…Ŧ司 The disposal route of repeating data
TWI530402B (en) 2011-09-21 2016-04-21 æģŋæˇį‰šį§‘技å…Ŧ司 Printer for minimizing adverse mixing of high and low luminance inks at nozzle face of inkjet printhead
US9229231B2 (en) * 2011-12-07 2016-01-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Updating printed content with personalized virtual data
US8867106B1 (en) * 2012-03-12 2014-10-21 Peter Lancaster Intelligent print recognition system and method
CN102736878B (en) * 2012-06-27 2015-04-22 北äēŦ新åĒ’äŧ äŋĄį§‘技有限å…Ŧ司 Method for printing part of WEB page and device
US9064264B2 (en) 2012-07-11 2015-06-23 Google Inc. Predicting visibility of content items
US9442687B2 (en) * 2012-07-23 2016-09-13 Korea Advanced Institute Of Science And Technology Method and apparatus for moving web object based on intent
JP6056302B2 (en) * 2012-09-14 2017-01-11 ã‚ģイã‚ŗãƒŧエプã‚Ŋãƒŗæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Recording device
US9088767B2 (en) 2012-10-08 2015-07-21 International Business Machines Corporation Activities duplication via recorded video
US8971568B1 (en) * 2012-10-08 2015-03-03 Gerard Dirk Smits Method, apparatus, and manufacture for document writing and annotation with virtual ink
US9483753B2 (en) 2013-01-05 2016-11-01 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Integrating document related communication with a document
WO2014116561A1 (en) * 2013-01-22 2014-07-31 Amerasia International Technology, Inc. Event registration and management system and method employing geo-tagging and biometrics
US20140223010A1 (en) * 2013-02-01 2014-08-07 David Alan Hayner Data Compression and Encryption in Sensor Networks
WO2014142857A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-18 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Wireless communication of a user identifier and encrypted time-sensitive data
DE102013214020A1 (en) 2013-07-17 2015-02-19 Stabilo International Gmbh Digital pen
CN104267609B (en) * 2014-01-14 2019-03-29 中å›Ŋäēē民č§Ŗ攞军įŠē军čˆĒįŠē大å­Ļ军äē‹äģŋįœŸæŠ€æœ¯į ”įŠļ所 A kind of method of simulation hardware control amount access transport
US9851982B2 (en) * 2014-02-28 2017-12-26 Tyco Fire & Security Gmbh Emergency video camera system
WO2015149027A1 (en) 2014-03-28 2015-10-01 Gerard Dirk Smits Smart head-mounted projection system
US9513364B2 (en) 2014-04-02 2016-12-06 Tyco Fire & Security Gmbh Personnel authentication and tracking system
US9965052B2 (en) 2014-06-17 2018-05-08 Apple Inc. Antenna for computer stylus
US9377533B2 (en) 2014-08-11 2016-06-28 Gerard Dirk Smits Three-dimensional triangulation and time-of-flight based tracking systems and methods
US10777164B2 (en) * 2014-12-19 2020-09-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Power optimization by rendering low-resolution tiles during page load
US10043282B2 (en) 2015-04-13 2018-08-07 Gerard Dirk Smits Machine vision for ego-motion, segmenting, and classifying objects
US9766727B2 (en) 2015-07-06 2017-09-19 Apple Inc. Computer stylus with antenna
CN105216450B (en) * 2015-10-19 2017-11-10 æˇąåœŗå¸‚æą‰æ‹“æ•°į æœ‰é™å…Ŧ司 The coating color mixing printing equipment and its Method of printing of a kind of high coverage rate
JP2017080943A (en) * 2015-10-26 2017-05-18 æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤žæ˛–デãƒŧã‚ŋ Image formation device and information processing device
DE102015121252A1 (en) * 2015-12-07 2017-06-08 Plasmatreat Gmbh Apparatus for generating an atmospheric plasma jet and method for treating the surface of a workpiece
US9753126B2 (en) 2015-12-18 2017-09-05 Gerard Dirk Smits Real time position sensing of objects
US9813673B2 (en) 2016-01-20 2017-11-07 Gerard Dirk Smits Holographic video capture and telepresence system
US10713697B2 (en) 2016-03-24 2020-07-14 Avante International Technology, Inc. Farm product exchange system and method suitable for multiple small producers
EP3532863A4 (en) 2016-10-31 2020-06-03 Gerard Dirk Smits Fast scanning lidar with dynamic voxel probing
US11138490B2 (en) 2016-12-14 2021-10-05 Ajay Khoche Hierarchical combination of distributed statistics in a monitoring network
US10445634B2 (en) 2016-12-14 2019-10-15 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Fabricating multifunction adhesive product for ubiquitous realtime tracking
US10902310B2 (en) 2016-12-14 2021-01-26 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Wireless communications and transducer based event detection platform
US11295190B2 (en) 2016-12-14 2022-04-05 Hendrik J Volkerink Correlated asset identifier association
US10819137B2 (en) 2016-12-14 2020-10-27 Ajay Khoche Energy harvesting wireless sensing system
US10885420B2 (en) 2016-12-14 2021-01-05 Ajay Khoche Package sealing tape types with varied transducer sampling densities
US10261183B2 (en) 2016-12-27 2019-04-16 Gerard Dirk Smits Systems and methods for machine perception
JP2018109698A (en) * 2017-01-04 2018-07-12 ã‚ŗニã‚ĢミノãƒĢã‚ŋæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Image formation apparatus
CN108334292A (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-07-27 三įēŦå›Ŋ际įĢ‹äŊ“列印į§‘æŠ€č‚ĄäģŊ有限å…Ŧ司 The forming material data access guard method of printer
JP6842341B2 (en) * 2017-03-30 2021-03-17 富åŖĢ通ã‚ŗãƒŗポãƒŧネãƒŗトæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Electronic device
US10048916B1 (en) 2017-04-24 2018-08-14 Xerox Corporation Portable memory device maintaining folder names designating finishing settings and workflows
JP7246322B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2023-03-27 ジェナãƒĢド デã‚ŖãƒĢク ゚ミッツ Scanning mirror system and method
US10521106B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2019-12-31 International Business Machines Corporation Smart element filtering method via gestures
CN107330682A (en) * 2017-06-30 2017-11-07 æ­åˇžåˆ›åŒ äŋĄæ¯į§‘技有限å…Ŧ司 A kind of mobile payment deployment system and its method
US10591605B2 (en) 2017-10-19 2020-03-17 Gerard Dirk Smits Methods and systems for navigating a vehicle including a novel fiducial marker system
US10379220B1 (en) 2018-01-29 2019-08-13 Gerard Dirk Smits Hyper-resolved, high bandwidth scanned LIDAR systems
CN108460716B (en) * 2018-01-30 2022-05-10 大čŋžåˇĨ业大å­Ļ Digital watermarking method and system for spot color printing image
US10627922B2 (en) 2018-09-26 2020-04-21 Apple Inc. Computer stylus having integrated antenna structures
CN109686188B (en) * 2019-02-28 2020-10-02 周åŖå¸ˆčŒƒå­Ļé™ĸ English word learning device
US11308370B2 (en) 2019-04-04 2022-04-19 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Correlating asset identifiers
US11246019B2 (en) * 2019-05-28 2022-02-08 Fca Us Llc Systems and methods for communication and sharing amongst groups of vehicles
WO2020247354A1 (en) 2019-06-05 2020-12-10 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Temperature monitoring in cold supply chains
US11228694B2 (en) * 2019-06-25 2022-01-18 Kyocera Document Solutions Inc. Method and system for activating and executing hidden function on a device
WO2021051087A1 (en) 2019-09-13 2021-03-18 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Roll-to-roll additive manufacturing method and device
BE1027646B1 (en) * 2019-10-09 2021-05-11 Phoenix Contact Gmbh & Co Technique for marking a prolate object
CN110757959B (en) * 2019-11-12 2021-10-26 æ­Ļæą‰å…ˆåŒį§‘技有限å…Ŧ司 Pen holding type color printer
WO2021174227A1 (en) 2020-02-27 2021-09-02 Gerard Dirk Smits High resolution scanning of remote objects with fast sweeping laser beams and signal recovery by twitchy pixel array
SG10202001898SA (en) 2020-03-03 2021-01-28 Gerard Lancaster Peter Method and system for digital marketing and the provision of digital content
US11593843B2 (en) 2020-03-02 2023-02-28 BrandActif Ltd. Sponsor driven digital marketing for live television broadcast
US11301906B2 (en) 2020-03-03 2022-04-12 BrandActif Ltd. Method and system for digital marketing and the provision of digital content
US11854047B2 (en) 2020-03-03 2023-12-26 BrandActif Ltd. Method and system for digital marketing and the provision of digital content
US11587425B1 (en) 2020-05-17 2023-02-21 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Next generation building access control, indoor locationing, and interaction tracking
US11864058B1 (en) 2020-10-04 2024-01-02 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Flexible tracking device for cables and equipment
CN111591008A (en) * 2020-06-03 2020-08-28 北äēŦ金äŋč”å°åˆˇæœ‰é™å…Ŧ司 Printing and book mounting process flow
EP4186053A1 (en) 2020-07-24 2023-05-31 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Tearing to turn on wireless node with multiple cutouts for re-use
US11527148B1 (en) 2020-10-04 2022-12-13 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Augmented reality for guiding users to assets in IOT applications
US11819305B1 (en) 2020-10-05 2023-11-21 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Method for determining direction of movement through gates and system thereof
US11869994B2 (en) 2020-12-12 2024-01-09 Trackonomy Systems, Inc. Flexible solar-powered wireless communication device
CN113257080B (en) * 2021-05-10 2022-07-08 æ­åˇžäŧ˜åŋ…å­Ļį§‘技有限å…Ŧ司 Materialization programming method
CN115972782B (en) * 2022-12-22 2024-02-23 į æĩˇčŠ¯įƒ¨į”ĩ子į§‘技有限å…Ŧ司 Handheld pos print terminal

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2306669A (en) * 1995-11-01 1997-05-07 Ricoh Kk Manual entry interactive paper and electronic document handling and processing system
US5661506A (en) * 1994-11-10 1997-08-26 Sia Technology Corporation Pen and paper information recording system using an imaging pen
JPH10194562A (en) * 1996-12-27 1998-07-28 Minolta Co Ltd Image forming device
US5852434A (en) * 1992-04-03 1998-12-22 Sekendur; Oral F. Absolute optical position determination

Family Cites Families (175)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6789191B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2004-09-07 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Interactive device network registration protocol
US2000789A (en) * 1931-09-16 1935-05-07 American Steel & Wire Co Tool setting gauge
US2306669A (en) * 1940-11-12 1942-12-29 Du Pont Vulcanization of rubber
US3668193A (en) * 1971-01-27 1972-06-06 Pennwalt Corp Vinylidene fluoride coating compositions containing polyimides
DE3137344A1 (en) 1981-09-19 1983-04-28 Vogel, Christian, Dr., 8048 ZÃŧrich FIBER BALE PRESS
US4473425A (en) * 1982-05-24 1984-09-25 Eastman Kodak Company Binding apparatus and method
US4406247A (en) * 1982-07-30 1983-09-27 Eastman Kodak Company Adhesive dispensing system
JPS59192734A (en) * 1983-04-11 1984-11-01 Murata Mach Ltd System for transporting yarn
US4537650A (en) * 1984-05-01 1985-08-27 Xerox Corporation Sheet binding apparatus
US4603971A (en) * 1984-09-17 1986-08-05 Xerox Corporation Finisher mode switching
US4611741A (en) * 1985-01-24 1986-09-16 Eastman Kodak Company Booklet finishing apparatus
US4707215A (en) * 1985-11-04 1987-11-17 Xerox Corporation Sheet binding cartridge
JPS62208185A (en) * 1986-03-07 1987-09-12 Toshiba Corp Bar code reader
JPS6371790A (en) * 1986-09-12 1988-04-01 Toshiba Corp Bar code reader
US4864618A (en) * 1986-11-26 1989-09-05 Wright Technologies, L.P. Automated transaction system with modular printhead having print authentication feature
US5200903A (en) * 1987-07-09 1993-04-06 Alcatel Business Systems Ltd. Franking machine
JPS6423383A (en) * 1987-07-20 1989-01-26 Empire Airport Service Bar-code system
JPS6451591A (en) * 1987-08-24 1989-02-27 Hitachi Ltd Information input device by concentric cord
US4905054A (en) * 1988-12-27 1990-02-27 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for producing corner-bound portrait and landscape document sets
GB2226670A (en) 1988-12-30 1990-07-04 Alexander Speiser Reports having identification data and printing thereof
JP2519902Y2 (en) * 1989-06-20 1996-12-11 æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤žãƒĒã‚ŗãƒŧ Bookbinding device
US5051736A (en) 1989-06-28 1991-09-24 International Business Machines Corporation Optical stylus and passive digitizing tablet data input system
US5137409A (en) * 1989-07-21 1992-08-11 Ferag Ag Joining together of printed partial products
JPH03110680A (en) * 1989-09-25 1991-05-10 Konica Corp Electronic image filing device
JPH03261276A (en) 1990-03-12 1991-11-21 Seiko Epson Corp Print camera
GB9008031D0 (en) 1990-04-09 1990-06-06 Rank Brimar Ltd Projection systems
US5180192A (en) * 1990-04-30 1993-01-19 Herbert William S Lost personal accessory item identification and return method and articles
CA2039652C (en) * 1990-05-30 1996-12-24 Frank Zdybel, Jr. Hardcopy lossless data storage and communications for electronic document processing systems
US5103406A (en) * 1990-06-15 1992-04-07 Seiko Instruments Inc. Image printing system
US6068188A (en) * 1993-11-24 2000-05-30 Metrologic Instruments, Inc. System and method for composing menus of URL-encoded bar code symbols while using internet browser program
US5905248A (en) 1990-09-11 1999-05-18 Metrologic Instruments, Inc. System and method for carrying out information-related transactions using web documents embodying transaction enabling applets automatically launched and executed in response to reading URL-encoded symbols pointing thereto
US5095369A (en) 1990-09-28 1992-03-10 Xerox Corporation Method and apparatus for improved job stream printing in an electronic printer with various finishing function
US5493409A (en) 1990-11-29 1996-02-20 Minolta Camera Kabushiki Kaisha Still video camera having a printer capable of printing a photographed image in a plurality of printing modes
JPH04102870U (en) * 1991-02-08 1992-09-04 æ—ĨæœŦé›ģ気エãƒŗジニã‚ĸãƒĒãƒŗグæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž fax machine
JPH04334474A (en) * 1991-05-09 1992-11-20 Nec Corp Image data printing apparatus
JPH0516377A (en) * 1991-07-08 1993-01-26 Seiko Epson Corp Ink cartridge
US5209810A (en) * 1991-08-19 1993-05-11 Converex, Inc. Method and apparatus for laying up adhesive backed sheets
JP2942036B2 (en) * 1991-09-27 1999-08-30 æąåŒ—ãƒĒã‚ŗãƒŧæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Barcode printer
US5276799A (en) * 1991-10-29 1994-01-04 Xerox Corporation Expandable electronic subsystem for a printing machine
US5544045A (en) * 1991-10-30 1996-08-06 Canon Inc. Unified scanner computer printer
US5174556A (en) 1991-11-20 1992-12-29 Xerox Corporation Finisher with binder printing
US5790158A (en) * 1992-01-28 1998-08-04 Seiko Epson Corporation Ink-jet recording apparatus and ink tank cartridge therefor
US5477012A (en) 1992-04-03 1995-12-19 Sekendur; Oral F. Optical position determination
KR940701567A (en) * 1992-04-06 1994-05-28 ė•Œí”„레드 í”ŧ. 로렌ėĄ° Cordless electronic stylus, digitizer system and electronic organizer
JP2833975B2 (en) * 1992-09-28 1998-12-09 ã‚ĒãƒĒãƒŗパ゚光å­ĻåˇĨæĨ­æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Dot code
JPH06106784A (en) * 1992-09-29 1994-04-19 Brother Ind Ltd Tape printing device
JPH06115280A (en) * 1992-10-09 1994-04-26 Ricoh Co Ltd Method and apparatus for mounting tape of bookbinding apparatus and tape cartridge
DE69323875T2 (en) * 1992-12-14 1999-09-30 Sony Corp FIXING COMPOSITION FOR WATER-BASED INK, WITH THIS COVERING FILM FOR THERMALLY TRANSMITTING IMAGES AND DEDICATED RECORDING MEDIUM
US5243381A (en) * 1993-01-04 1993-09-07 Xerox Corporation Method for compiling multiple jobs with job reference sheets
KR100286699B1 (en) * 1993-01-28 2001-04-16 ė˜¤ę°€ė™€ ė—ė´ė§€ Gallium Nitride Group 3-5 Compound Semiconductor Light-Emitting Device and Manufacturing Method Thereof
JPH06266490A (en) * 1993-03-12 1994-09-22 Toshiba Corp Information input device and position recognition system for information input
JPH06284240A (en) * 1993-03-25 1994-10-07 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Message delivery type electronic blackboard equipment
JP3262297B2 (en) * 1993-04-27 2002-03-04 æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤žãƒ¯ã‚ŗム Optical coordinate input device
US5627349A (en) * 1993-07-01 1997-05-06 Integral Information Systems Interactive data entry apparatus
JP3277052B2 (en) * 1993-11-19 2002-04-22 ã‚ˇãƒŖãƒŧプæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Coordinate input device and coordinate input method
JP3765015B2 (en) 1993-12-27 2006-04-12 æ—ĨįĢ‹ãƒžã‚¯ã‚ģãƒĢæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Method for reading information signal from optical disc and optical disc driving apparatus
US5606988A (en) * 1994-02-04 1997-03-04 Hewlett -Packard Company Connector assembly for ink cartridge
JPH07239745A (en) * 1994-02-28 1995-09-12 Toshiba Corp Information input device and position recognition system in information input
US5614930A (en) * 1994-03-25 1997-03-25 Hewlett-Packard Company Orthogonal rotary wiping system for inkjet printheads
FR2718678B1 (en) * 1994-04-15 1996-05-24 Gemplus Card Int Simultaneous two-sided printing machine.
FR2718681B1 (en) 1994-04-15 1996-05-31 Bourg Sa Cp Finishing machine for printed sheets.
JPH07311813A (en) * 1994-05-17 1995-11-28 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Information reproducing device, method therefor and recording medium
US5652412A (en) 1994-07-11 1997-07-29 Sia Technology Corp. Pen and paper information recording system
JPH0836452A (en) * 1994-07-21 1996-02-06 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Writing pen and writing pen device
JP3517281B2 (en) * 1994-08-08 2004-04-12 ã‚ˇãƒŖãƒŧプæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Digital information decoding method and recording method
US5546145A (en) 1994-08-30 1996-08-13 Eastman Kodak Company Camera on-board voice recognition
JPH0869637A (en) * 1994-08-30 1996-03-12 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Information recording medium and information reproducing device of this information recording medium
US6072871A (en) * 1994-10-05 2000-06-06 Leon H. Charney Method and system for identifying the source of documents generated by software and documents generated thereby
US5653412A (en) * 1994-11-14 1997-08-05 Cooper Industries, Inc. Track mounting clip for a track lighting system
JPH08171455A (en) * 1994-12-20 1996-07-02 Tec Corp Electronic board system
US5601389A (en) * 1995-02-21 1997-02-11 Minami Seiki Co., Ltd. Automatic book binding machine for cut-sheets
US5583970A (en) * 1995-02-28 1996-12-10 Pitney Bowes Inc. Printer command set for controlling address and postal code printing functions
US5898445A (en) * 1995-03-06 1999-04-27 Hewlett-Packard Company Translational wiping technique for a stationary inkjet printhead
US5531429A (en) 1995-03-29 1996-07-02 National Computer Systems, Inc. Variable printing and selective binding of booklets
JP3584540B2 (en) * 1995-04-20 2004-11-04 富åŖĢã‚ŧロック゚æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Document copy relation management system
US5632853A (en) * 1995-04-26 1997-05-27 International Binding Corporation Adhesive cartridge for a desktop book binder
JPH08295096A (en) * 1995-04-27 1996-11-12 Brother Ind Ltd Electronic pen
JP3006482B2 (en) * 1995-05-12 2000-02-07 富åŖĢã‚ŧロック゚æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Information retrieval apparatus and method
US5754308A (en) * 1995-06-27 1998-05-19 Panasonic Technologies, Inc. System and method for archiving digital versions of documents and for generating quality printed documents therefrom
GB2303669B (en) 1995-07-20 1998-03-04 Suzuki Motor Co Oil pump sprocket cover for an internal combustion engine
US5742306A (en) * 1995-07-31 1998-04-21 Hewlett-Packard Company Imaging cartridge system for inkjet printing mechanisms
JP4053100B2 (en) * 1995-09-21 2008-02-27 æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤žãƒĒã‚ŗãƒŧ Document information management system and document information management method
US5731824A (en) * 1995-12-18 1998-03-24 Xerox Corporation Ink level sensing system for an ink jet printer
JPH10254802A (en) * 1996-02-01 1998-09-25 Takashi Ikeda Communication system and its method for unitarily designating opposite party by using digital code as identifier
JP3834740B2 (en) * 1996-03-29 2006-10-18 æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤žãƒ¯ã‚ŗム Graphic editing apparatus and graphic editing method
US5789783A (en) 1996-04-02 1998-08-04 Lsi Logic Corporation Multilevel metallization structure for integrated circuit I/O lines for increased current capacity and ESD protection
US6000789A (en) 1996-04-23 1999-12-14 Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. Printer and ink tank
US5692073A (en) * 1996-05-03 1997-11-25 Xerox Corporation Formless forms and paper web using a reference-based mark extraction technique
JP3452109B2 (en) * 1996-05-22 2003-09-29 ミノãƒĢã‚ŋæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Image forming device
JPH09323740A (en) * 1996-05-30 1997-12-16 Okura Ind Co Ltd Inner bag for bag-in-box and method for pouring out liquid filled in the same
US6026416A (en) 1996-05-30 2000-02-15 Microsoft Corp. System and method for storing, viewing, editing, and processing ordered sections having different file formats
US5662506A (en) * 1996-06-10 1997-09-02 Hoover Industries, Inc, Raft with water displacing floor and method therefor
KR100282946B1 (en) 1996-06-25 2001-03-02 가ė‹œė˜¤ 가ėĻˆė˜¤ Printing device and printing system
KR100228793B1 (en) * 1996-06-30 1999-11-01 ėœ¤ėĸ…ėšŠ Data processing method for printer
IT1293663B1 (en) * 1996-08-02 1999-03-08 Seiko Epson Corp INK CARTRIDGE AND PRINTER DEVICE USING SUCH INK CARTRIDGE.
CA2212121C (en) 1996-08-02 2010-03-30 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Improvements in data retrieval
JPH1044513A (en) 1996-08-07 1998-02-17 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Code printer and code print medium applied thereto
WO1998006055A1 (en) * 1996-08-08 1998-02-12 Rapaport Jeffrey Alan Apparatus and method for obtaining information from a computer network using a scanner and browser
US5749551A (en) * 1996-09-03 1998-05-12 Torres; Eric R. Portable device to allow for simultaneous duplex printing and scanning on single pass machines
US5903729A (en) 1996-09-23 1999-05-11 Motorola, Inc. Method, system, and article of manufacture for navigating to a resource in an electronic network
US6137590A (en) * 1996-09-30 2000-10-24 Kyocera Corporation Image forming apparatus and image forming system
US6012890A (en) 1996-10-04 2000-01-11 Instabook Corporation Electronic bookstore vending machine
US6106110A (en) * 1996-10-09 2000-08-22 Nocopi Technologies, Inc. Secure thermal ink jet printing composition and substrate and method and apparatus utilizing same
US20060028689A1 (en) * 1996-11-12 2006-02-09 Perry Burt W Document management with embedded data
JPH10171758A (en) * 1996-12-06 1998-06-26 Neolex:Kk Www file reading system using bar code
JPH10171620A (en) * 1996-12-06 1998-06-26 Hitachi Ltd Electronic paper
US6466328B1 (en) * 1997-01-03 2002-10-15 Ncr Corporation System and method for remote printing in a distributed network environment
US5790703A (en) * 1997-01-21 1998-08-04 Xerox Corporation Digital watermarking using conjugate halftone screens
JPH10224540A (en) * 1997-02-05 1998-08-21 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Digital copying machine
JP3438516B2 (en) * 1997-02-13 2003-08-18 富åŖĢã‚ŧロック゚æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Form document and form document processing method and apparatus
JP3634099B2 (en) * 1997-02-17 2005-03-30 æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤žãƒĒã‚ŗãƒŧ Document information management system, media sheet information creation device, and document information management device
DE69835179T2 (en) * 1997-03-12 2007-07-05 Canon K.K. Method, system and device for data transmission and program for data transmission method stored in a storage medium
WO1998040823A1 (en) 1997-03-12 1998-09-17 Elonex Plc METHOD FOR COLLECTING URLs FROM PRINTED MEDIA
JP3646459B2 (en) * 1997-03-12 2005-05-11 ミノãƒĢã‚ŋæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Finisher
JPH10285378A (en) * 1997-03-28 1998-10-23 Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> Copying device and control method therefor
US6148331A (en) * 1997-04-25 2000-11-14 Parry; Rhys Evan Destination website access and information gathering system
JPH1110910A (en) * 1997-06-27 1999-01-19 Canon Inc Recorder
US6213589B1 (en) * 1997-07-15 2001-04-10 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd. Planar thermoelastic bend actuator ink jet printing mechanism
JPH1158844A (en) * 1997-08-08 1999-03-02 Hewlett Packard Co <Hp> Handy printer system
JPH1158792A (en) * 1997-08-21 1999-03-02 Seiko Epson Corp Ink jet recorder and ink cartridge
JPH11109793A (en) * 1997-10-03 1999-04-23 Minolta Co Ltd Image forming device
US6518950B1 (en) 1997-10-07 2003-02-11 Interval Research Corporation Methods and systems for providing human/computer interfaces
US5996893A (en) 1997-10-28 1999-12-07 Eastman Kodak Company Method and apparatus for visually identifying an area on a photograph or image where digital data is stored
DE19747987A1 (en) * 1997-10-30 1999-05-06 Asea Brown Boveri Security door locking system for control cabinets
EP0914968B1 (en) 1997-11-10 2003-06-11 William H. Gunther Method of sorting printed documents and feeding them to a finishing machine
US6234078B1 (en) * 1997-12-10 2001-05-22 Monarch Marking Systems, Inc. Ink roller assembly having a plurality of sections each having a porous sleeve
US6102505A (en) * 1997-12-18 2000-08-15 Eastman Kodak Company Recording audio and electronic images
US6570997B2 (en) * 1998-03-20 2003-05-27 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Image processing apparatus and method therefor, and storage medium
WO1999050787A1 (en) 1998-04-01 1999-10-07 Xerox Corporation Cross-network functions via linked hardcopy and electronic documents
US6330976B1 (en) * 1998-04-01 2001-12-18 Xerox Corporation Marking medium area with encoded identifier for producing action through network
US6336011B1 (en) * 1998-04-06 2002-01-01 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Sheet binding system for an image forming apparatus
US6754822B1 (en) * 1998-04-30 2004-06-22 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft Zur Forderung Der Angewandten Forshung E.V. Active watermarks and watermark agents
US6256398B1 (en) * 1998-08-22 2001-07-03 Kenneth H. P. Chang Encoding and decoding a message within an image
JP3326119B2 (en) 1998-09-03 2002-09-17 æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤žã‚ĸイチビジネ゚フりãƒŧム Bookbinding device
DE29815839U1 (en) * 1998-09-06 1999-03-25 Dietz Klaus H Translink device for accessing an electronic address
JP2000108544A (en) 1998-09-30 2000-04-18 Toppan Forms Co Ltd Bookbinding apparatus
US6964374B1 (en) * 1998-10-02 2005-11-15 Lucent Technologies Inc. Retrieval and manipulation of electronically stored information via pointers embedded in the associated printed material
US7419250B2 (en) * 1999-10-15 2008-09-02 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Micro-electromechanical liquid ejection device
US6644764B2 (en) * 1998-10-28 2003-11-11 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Integrated printing/scanning system using invisible ink for document tracking
AUPP702498A0 (en) * 1998-11-09 1998-12-03 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Image creation method and apparatus (ART77)
US6396481B1 (en) * 1999-04-19 2002-05-28 Ecrio Inc. Apparatus and method for portable handwriting capture
US20020194081A1 (en) * 1999-04-21 2002-12-19 Perkowski Thomas J. Internet-based consumer service brand marketing communication system which enables service-providers, retailers, and their respective agents and consumers to carry out service-related functions along the demand side of the retail chain in an integrated manner
US6099189A (en) * 1999-05-12 2000-08-08 Avery Dennison Corporation Index divider sheet assembly
US7468809B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2008-12-23 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Method of printing an interface onto a surface using a complementary ink set
US6965439B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2005-11-15 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Interactive printer
US7180609B2 (en) * 1999-05-25 2007-02-20 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printer for printing an interface onto a surface using a complementary ink set
US6987573B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2006-01-17 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Interface surface printer
US6428155B1 (en) * 1999-05-25 2002-08-06 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printer cartridge including machine readable ink
US6894794B1 (en) * 1999-06-24 2005-05-17 Eastman Kodak Company Method and apparatus for making a print having an invisible coordinate system
US6628412B1 (en) * 1999-08-05 2003-09-30 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Methods of document management and automated document tracking, and a document management system
US6563598B1 (en) * 1999-09-07 2003-05-13 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Method and apparatus for digital document control
SE517445C2 (en) * 1999-10-01 2002-06-04 Anoto Ab Position determination on a surface provided with a position coding pattern
JP3086222B1 (en) * 1999-10-01 2000-09-11 æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤žãƒĄã‚¤ã‚¯ã‚Ŋフトã‚Ļェã‚ĸ Photo vending machines and methods
AUPR157400A0 (en) * 2000-11-20 2000-12-14 Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd. An apparatus and method (bin01)
US6655586B1 (en) * 2000-02-25 2003-12-02 Xerox Corporation Systems and methods that detect a page identification using embedded identification tags
JP3702799B2 (en) * 2000-05-15 2005-10-05 æ—Ĩį”Ŗč‡Ē動čģŠæ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Shift control device for toroidal type continuously variable transmission
US6488422B1 (en) * 2000-05-23 2002-12-03 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Paper thickness sensor in a printer
US6786658B2 (en) * 2000-05-23 2004-09-07 Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd. Printer for accommodating varying page thicknesses
US6969144B2 (en) * 2002-11-23 2005-11-29 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Printhead capping mechanism with rotary platen assembly
US7148879B2 (en) 2000-07-06 2006-12-12 At&T Corp. Bioacoustic control system, method and apparatus
US6273661B1 (en) * 2000-08-07 2001-08-14 Hewlett-Packard Company Method and apparatus for binding print media
US6958747B2 (en) * 2000-08-30 2005-10-25 Anoto Ab Method for making a product
WO2002022369A1 (en) 2000-09-13 2002-03-21 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Modular commercial printer
US6781069B2 (en) * 2000-12-27 2004-08-24 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Method and apparatus for virtual interaction with physical documents
WO2002065381A1 (en) * 2001-02-09 2002-08-22 Enseal Systems Limited Document printed with graphical symbols which encode information
JP4603196B2 (en) * 2001-06-12 2010-12-22 æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤žãƒĒã‚ŗãƒŧ Printing apparatus and printing control method
US6912674B2 (en) * 2001-06-27 2005-06-28 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for diagnosing printer problems and notarizing prints by evaluating embedded data
US6915020B2 (en) * 2001-12-19 2005-07-05 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Generating graphical bar codes by halftoning with embedded graphical encoding
AUPS048902A0 (en) * 2002-02-13 2002-03-07 Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd. Methods and systems (ap49)
US7133031B2 (en) * 2002-10-31 2006-11-07 Microsoft Corporation Optical system design for a universal computing device
US7364264B2 (en) * 2004-01-21 2008-04-29 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Inkjet printer cradle with single drive motor performing multiple functions
US7287846B2 (en) * 2004-01-21 2007-10-30 Silverbrook Research Pty Ltd Inkjet printer cartridge with combined blotter
US7548348B2 (en) * 2004-09-24 2009-06-16 Seiko Epson Corporation Method and apparatus for forming a print data stream with embedded commands
JP4539479B2 (en) * 2005-07-27 2010-09-08 富åŖĢã‚ŧロック゚æ Ēåŧäŧšį¤ž Medium management system, image forming apparatus, medium management method, and program
US20090067905A1 (en) * 2007-09-12 2009-03-12 Xerox Corporation Document management system and method

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5852434A (en) * 1992-04-03 1998-12-22 Sekendur; Oral F. Absolute optical position determination
US5661506A (en) * 1994-11-10 1997-08-26 Sia Technology Corporation Pen and paper information recording system using an imaging pen
GB2306669A (en) * 1995-11-01 1997-05-07 Ricoh Kk Manual entry interactive paper and electronic document handling and processing system
JPH10194562A (en) * 1996-12-27 1998-07-28 Minolta Co Ltd Image forming device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
PATENT ABSTRACTS OF JAPAN *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001041003A1 (en) 1999-12-01 2001-06-07 Silverbrook Research Pty. Ltd. Sensing device for coded electronic ink surface

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ES2243267T3 (en) 2005-12-01
AU4727400A (en) 2000-12-12
AU4729700A (en) 2000-12-12
CN1360688A (en) 2002-07-24
KR100641044B1 (en) 2006-10-31
JP4705720B2 (en) 2011-06-22
MXPA01012142A (en) 2003-07-28
ATE333673T1 (en) 2006-08-15
CN1351725A (en) 2002-05-29
CN1359350A (en) 2002-07-17
EP1212200A1 (en) 2002-06-12
ES2269152T3 (en) 2007-04-01
US6439706B1 (en) 2002-08-27
US6591884B1 (en) 2003-07-15
JP4724303B2 (en) 2011-07-13
IL166638A0 (en) 2006-01-15
IL146614A (en) 2007-07-04
JP4878680B2 (en) 2012-02-15
KR20020012228A (en) 2002-02-15
US6728000B1 (en) 2004-04-27
IL146624A (en) 2005-05-17
KR20020014801A (en) 2002-02-25
BR0010855A (en) 2002-06-11
JP2003500727A (en) 2003-01-07
DE60014167D1 (en) 2004-10-28
US20100202021A1 (en) 2010-08-12
US20070200892A1 (en) 2007-08-30
JP2003500244A (en) 2003-01-07
KR100637807B1 (en) 2006-10-23
US7940415B2 (en) 2011-05-10
EP1218197A4 (en) 2004-11-03
KR20020012230A (en) 2002-02-15
HK1048535A1 (en) 2003-04-04
CN1226686C (en) 2005-11-09
US7916335B2 (en) 2011-03-29
CA2371573A1 (en) 2000-11-30
IL146644A0 (en) 2002-07-25
IL166638A (en) 2007-08-19
AU5509500A (en) 2000-12-12
CN1144751C (en) 2004-04-07
US20050063007A1 (en) 2005-03-24
AU4726500A (en) 2000-12-12
JP2011118910A (en) 2011-06-16
CN100338561C (en) 2007-09-19
US20070146735A1 (en) 2007-06-28
IL146716A (en) 2008-12-29
US7430058B2 (en) 2008-09-30
US7573588B2 (en) 2009-08-11
US20110228345A1 (en) 2011-09-22
EP1222521A4 (en) 2004-06-16
WO2000071455A1 (en) 2000-11-30
US20040239990A1 (en) 2004-12-02
US20120328216A1 (en) 2012-12-27
IL146624A0 (en) 2002-07-25
DE60020132D1 (en) 2005-06-16
CN1238810C (en) 2006-01-25
IL164982A (en) 2006-12-10
ATE489694T1 (en) 2010-12-15
KR100632279B1 (en) 2006-10-11
CN1364118A (en) 2002-08-14
US20070070373A1 (en) 2007-03-29
US7952751B2 (en) 2011-05-31
US20090066733A1 (en) 2009-03-12
IL168417A (en) 2011-09-27
DE60040561D1 (en) 2008-11-27
EP1299854A4 (en) 2003-04-09
JP2003500728A (en) 2003-01-07
IL167967A (en) 2007-09-20
AU4729600A (en) 2000-12-12
IL146614A0 (en) 2002-07-25
US7973945B2 (en) 2011-07-05
AU4729000A (en) 2000-12-12
CA2374824C (en) 2010-10-26
MXPA01012067A (en) 2003-07-28
WO2000071353A1 (en) 2000-11-30
US20090066975A1 (en) 2009-03-12
CN1164431C (en) 2004-09-01
AU762167B2 (en) 2003-06-19
KR20020012222A (en) 2002-02-15
EP1212200A4 (en) 2002-09-25
EP1224524B1 (en) 2006-07-26
EP1224524A1 (en) 2002-07-24
BR0010855B1 (en) 2012-06-26
US6813039B1 (en) 2004-11-02
KR100703119B1 (en) 2007-04-05
AU4729900A (en) 2000-12-12
CA2374713A1 (en) 2000-11-30
IL146649A (en) 2005-09-25
US6785016B1 (en) 2004-08-31
CA2371479C (en) 2009-11-24
AU761333B2 (en) 2003-06-05
MXPA01012065A (en) 2003-06-30
EP1259872A4 (en) 2003-10-01
MXPA01012152A (en) 2003-07-21
WO2000072124A1 (en) 2000-11-30
CN1358285A (en) 2002-07-10
KR20020020889A (en) 2002-03-16
US20110228336A1 (en) 2011-09-22
CN1358139A (en) 2002-07-10
CN1535832A (en) 2004-10-13
CA2375801C (en) 2008-08-12
AU2003246318B2 (en) 2005-11-10
CA2371573C (en) 2011-05-03
MXPA01012120A (en) 2003-06-30
EP1244594A4 (en) 2002-10-02
IL146622A0 (en) 2002-07-25
BR0010900A (en) 2002-06-04
BR0010789A (en) 2004-03-09
IL164982A0 (en) 2005-12-18
CA2374850C (en) 2009-04-28
DE60029609T2 (en) 2007-07-19
DE60045284D1 (en) 2011-01-05
CN1351726A (en) 2002-05-29
AU761330B2 (en) 2003-06-05
CN1309577C (en) 2007-04-11
JP4949512B2 (en) 2012-06-13
DE60045485D1 (en) 2011-02-17
CA2375247A1 (en) 2000-11-30
EP1228421A1 (en) 2002-08-07
US20050046901A1 (en) 2005-03-03
ATE411554T1 (en) 2008-10-15
AU4729200A (en) 2000-12-12
US7466434B2 (en) 2008-12-16
EP1218197A1 (en) 2002-07-03
ATE295270T1 (en) 2005-05-15
KR20020019023A (en) 2002-03-09
EP1224524A4 (en) 2002-09-18
CA2374713C (en) 2011-01-18
BR0010889A (en) 2002-05-07
AU762667B2 (en) 2003-07-03
EP1228421B1 (en) 2006-07-19
BR0010893A (en) 2002-08-27
BR0010888A (en) 2003-11-18
MXPA01012147A (en) 2003-07-28
ATE334440T1 (en) 2006-08-15
EP1222521A1 (en) 2002-07-17
US7202959B2 (en) 2007-04-10
EP1222644A1 (en) 2002-07-17
US20100295894A1 (en) 2010-11-25
CA2374850A1 (en) 2000-11-30
EP1222644B1 (en) 2010-11-24
ATE327545T1 (en) 2006-06-15
BR0010904A (en) 2002-05-28
JP2003500248A (en) 2003-01-07
KR100752249B1 (en) 2007-08-29
US20040263874A1 (en) 2004-12-30
US7167270B2 (en) 2007-01-23
US7173722B1 (en) 2007-02-06
US6987573B1 (en) 2006-01-17
KR20020022677A (en) 2002-03-27
JP2003500250A (en) 2003-01-07
WO2000071357A9 (en) 2002-11-07
EP1299854B1 (en) 2006-05-24
KR20020013549A (en) 2002-02-20
AU761770B2 (en) 2003-06-12
MXPA01012122A (en) 2003-07-28
CA2375801A1 (en) 2000-11-30
CN100540307C (en) 2009-09-16
HK1047986A1 (en) 2003-03-14
AU4727300A (en) 2000-12-12
EP1244594B1 (en) 2004-09-22
US20040196473A1 (en) 2004-10-07
US7771004B2 (en) 2010-08-10
CA2371479A1 (en) 2000-11-30
IL146715A0 (en) 2002-07-25
US7957010B2 (en) 2011-06-07
US7728991B2 (en) 2010-06-01
CA2374831A1 (en) 2000-11-30
US8081349B2 (en) 2011-12-20
MXPA01012064A (en) 2003-06-30
IL146644A (en) 2005-09-25
JP2003500240A (en) 2003-01-07
CN1361901A (en) 2002-07-31
DE60028259D1 (en) 2006-06-29
IL146716A0 (en) 2002-07-25
KR20020064650A (en) 2002-08-09
AU2003246318A1 (en) 2003-10-09
WO2000072247A1 (en) 2000-11-30
DE60014167T2 (en) 2005-09-22
WO2000072129A1 (en) 2000-11-30
WO2000071357A1 (en) 2000-11-30
US20060114517A1 (en) 2006-06-01
US7177054B2 (en) 2007-02-13
ATE494578T1 (en) 2011-01-15
IL146648A0 (en) 2002-07-25
KR100709137B1 (en) 2007-04-18
WO2000072286A1 (en) 2000-11-30
DE60029609D1 (en) 2006-09-07
EP1244594A1 (en) 2002-10-02
JP2003500251A (en) 2003-01-07
DK1222644T3 (en) 2011-03-07
JP4693996B2 (en) 2011-06-01
CN1313276C (en) 2007-05-02
CN1548299A (en) 2004-11-24
US20120063701A1 (en) 2012-03-15
IL146643A0 (en) 2002-07-25
CN1519116A (en) 2004-08-11
US6727996B1 (en) 2004-04-27
EP1259872A1 (en) 2002-11-27
US20080296389A1 (en) 2008-12-04
ATE276958T1 (en) 2004-10-15
EP1259872B1 (en) 2008-10-15
KR100752259B1 (en) 2007-08-29
JP2003500725A (en) 2003-01-07
BR0010906A (en) 2002-07-02
CA2374824A1 (en) 2000-11-30
CN1353849A (en) 2002-06-12
IL146648A (en) 2005-09-25
AU766159B2 (en) 2003-10-09
HK1050400A1 (en) 2003-06-20
US20100225975A1 (en) 2010-09-09
JP2003500769A (en) 2003-01-07
BR0010886A (en) 2003-11-18
US8256676B2 (en) 2012-09-04
US20070177170A1 (en) 2007-08-02
US8028921B2 (en) 2011-10-04
US7982898B2 (en) 2011-07-19
HK1048009A1 (en) 2003-03-14
JP4828027B2 (en) 2011-11-30
IL168248A (en) 2009-08-03
US20070201055A1 (en) 2007-08-30
EP1228421A4 (en) 2003-10-01
IL146649A0 (en) 2002-07-25
CN1145130C (en) 2004-04-07
DE60020132T2 (en) 2006-01-19
MXPA01012066A (en) 2003-06-30
EP1222644A4 (en) 2002-09-18
EP1299854A1 (en) 2003-04-09
CA2375247C (en) 2011-12-20
CN100339228C (en) 2007-09-26
CN1351725B (en) 2010-05-26
KR100710745B1 (en) 2007-04-23
CA2374701A1 (en) 2000-11-30
DE60029468D1 (en) 2006-08-31
US20040196490A1 (en) 2004-10-07
CN1213363C (en) 2005-08-03
WO2000072126A1 (en) 2000-11-30
US20090066972A1 (en) 2009-03-12
EP1222521B1 (en) 2011-01-05
EP1212200B1 (en) 2005-05-11
US7511847B2 (en) 2009-03-31
US20090268257A1 (en) 2009-10-29
IL146622A (en) 2008-07-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU761330B2 (en) Interface surface printer
CA2374711C (en) Interactive printer with actuator
WO2000072131A1 (en) Computer system control via interface surface
WO2000072134A1 (en) Handwritten text capture via interface surface
AU2003246317B2 (en) Relay device for use with coded marks
AU2003246313B2 (en) Relay device for use with sensor with identifier
AU2005200077B2 (en) Relay device with printer for use with coded data interfaces

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 00807934.X

Country of ref document: CN

AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2000 620454

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020017014675

Country of ref document: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2374831

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2374831

Country of ref document: CA

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2001/012065

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2000940013

Country of ref document: EP

Ref document number: 55095/00

Country of ref document: AU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020017014675

Country of ref document: KR

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2000940013

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 55095/00

Country of ref document: AU

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 2000940013

Country of ref document: EP

WWR Wipo information: refused in national office

Ref document number: 1020017014675

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 203822

Country of ref document: IL